Quarterlytics / Alpha Financial Markets Consulting PLC

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting PLC

afm · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker afm
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Alpha Financial Markets Consulting PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A
l
p
h
a
F
n
a
n
c
a
l

i

i

Annual Report 
& Accounts 2020

Alpha FMC

60 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7BB 

+44 (0) 207 796 9300
enquiries@alphafmc.com

M
a
r
k
e
t
s
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
0

alphafmc.com

The power
of our people

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction

Annual Report 2020

Welcome to Alpha’s 2020
Annual Report & Accounts

Alpha is a leading global consultancy to the 
asset and wealth management industry. 
Perspective  |  Strategy  |  Technical Expertise  |  Data Solutions

Headquartered in the UK and quoted on the AIM of the London Stock Exchange, Alpha Financial 
Markets Consulting1 is a leading global provider of specialist consultancy services to the asset and 
wealth management industry. 

Alpha has worked with 85% of the world’s top 20 asset managers by AUM, along with a wide range 
of other buy-side firms. It has the largest dedicated team in the industry, with over 430 consultants 
globally, operating from 12 client-facing offices spanning the UK, Europe, North America and Asia.

For more information, see the website: investors.alphafmc.com

Contents

Introduction
 Welcome
1 
2 
4 
7 

 Financial Highlights
 Operational Highlights
 Chairman’s Report
 Global Chief Executive Officer’s Report

Strategic Report
14 
18 
24 
32 
34 
38 
40 

 At a Glance
 Market Overview
 Business Model
 Strategy
 Section 172 Statement
 Key Performance Indicators
 Risk Management

Role in Society
52 
58 
60 
68 

 Looking After Our People
 Response to COVID-19
 Community & Corporate Social Responsibility
 Environment

Corporate Governance
72 
74 
76 
78 
80 
88 
90 
94 
98 
102  Independent Auditor’s Report

 Board of Directors
 Meet the Director
 Chairman’s Introduction
 Corporate Governance Code
 Corporate Governance Report
 Nomination Committee Report
 Audit and Risk Committee Report
 Remuneration Committee Report
 Directors’ Report

Financial Statements
110  Chief Financial Officer’s Report
115   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
116   Consolidated statement of financial position
117   Consolidated statement of cash flows
118   Consolidated statement of changes in equity
119   Notes to the consolidated financial statements
157   Company statement of financial position
158   Company statement of cash flows
159   Company statement of changes in equity
160   Notes to the Company financial statements

 SASB Disclosure
167 ESG Metrics

Company Information
IBC  Directors and Advisers

1  Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc: “Alpha”, the “Company”, the “Group”

Company Information

Directors and Advisers

Nominated Adviser

Grant Thornton
30 Finsbury Square
London EC2A 1AG

Broker

Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co.
60 Threadneedle Street
London EC2R 8HP

Company Secretary
Prism Cosec Limited

company.secretary@alphafmc.com

Corporate and Investors’ Website

investors.alphafmc.com

Client Website

alphafmc.com

Directors

ENB Fraser
JC Paton
K Fry
PR Judd
NR Kent

Company Number

09965297

Registered Office

Alpha Financial Markets 
Consulting plc
60 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7BB

Auditor

KPMG LLP
St Nicholas House
Park Row
Nottingham NG1 6FQ

Registrar

Computershare
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Design: Graphical www.graphicalagency.com

Photography

Inside back cover, pp 1, 3, 12-13, 15, 19, 22, 23, 29, 
30, 31, 33, 43, 45, 47, 49, 59, 60, 61, 77, 79, 89, 92, 
101, 107 by davebrownphoto.com

pp 4, 7, 70-71, 72, 75, 85, 91, 110 by Alistair Lever

pp 24, 35, 39 (right), 55, 108-109 by 
www.seanthephotographer.com

pp 16-17, 31, 48, 50-51, 69, 86 by www.letsmakeit.fr

pp 34, 39 (left), 56, 170 by Andrew Elko

1

Financial Highlights

Revenue2

Adjusted3 EBITDA

Operating profit

£90.9m

£20.2m

£10.4m

(FY 19: £77. 7m) +17.0%

(FY 19: £16.5m) +22.9%

(FY 19: £12.6m) -17.1%

Profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax

Basic earnings per share

£9.3m

£18.6m

6.11p

(FY 19: £12.5m) -25.8%

(FY 19: £16.2m) +15.2%

(FY 19: 9.05p) -32.6%

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted cash conversion

Total dividend per share4

14.21p

106%

(FY 19: 12.05p) +17.9%

(FY 19: 101%)

2.10p

(FY 19: 6.00p)

2  FY 19 revenue is restated to reflect the presentation of revenue gross of rechargeable expenses. Refer to note 1 of the financial statements for further 

detail and note 2 for a reconciliation of revenue to net fee income

3  The Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”) to provide stakeholders further metrics to aid understanding of the underlying trading 

performance of the Group. Refer to note 4 for further details

4  Total FY 20 dividend reflects Board decision not to recommend a final dividend for the year and includes only the H1 20 dividend of 2.10p

Annual Report 20202

Operational Highlights

381

Clients

(FY 19: 279)

12

Offices

(FY 19: 10)

Includes 85% of the world’s  
top 20 asset managers  
by AUM

Addition of client‑facing  
offices in Copenhagen  
and Toronto 

436

Consultants5

(FY 19: 362)

Continued investment  
in the highest calibre  
consultants

13

Business Practices

2

Acquisitions

(FY 19: 12)

(FY 19: 0)

Pensions & Retail  
Investments practice 
launched

Successful acquisition and 
integration of Axxsys6 
and Obsidian7

COVID-19 Update

 • Transition to remote working executed swiftly and seamlessly; 
the entire team has adjusted very well and continues to 
service clients to the highest standards.

 • Alpha took early decisive action to protect the business; 

alongside careful management of the Group’s cash resources, 
protective measures included temporary salary sacrifices of 
40% for the senior leadership team and Board, and 20% for 
the broader director team, modest staff furloughs, and the 
cancellation or deferral of all discretionary expenditure.

 • In addition to a £23m net cash position, in order to provide 
further flexibility, the Group agreed an increased revolving 
credit facility of £20m in June 2020.

 • The Group has made a solid start to the new financial year 
and continues to make selective investments in strategic hires.

 • The Group is navigating a shifting business development 
landscape and continues to see opportunities, new wins 
and extensions to existing projects.

 • The market drivers remain in place and the Group is confident 
that it is well positioned for future growth in market recovery.

 • Ongoing uncertainty due to COVID-19 and the early stage of 
the financial year mean that the likely impact on the business 
is difficult to predict with accuracy; as such, the Board has not 
yet provided financial guidance for the current financial year.

5  “Consultants” and “headcount” refer to fee-generating consultants at the year end: employed consultants plus utilised contractors in client-facing roles
6  “Axxsys” refers to Axxsys Limited and its subsidiaries, acquired by the Group in June 2019
7  “Obsidian” refers to Obsidian Solutions Limited, acquired by the Group in November 2019

Annual Report 20203
3
Annual Report 2020
Annual Report 2020

“ I feel lucky to work with 
others who strive to provide 
only the best to our clients 
and look forward to what 
we will achieve in the future.”

Alpha employee

4

Chairman’s Report

The strength of Alpha’s people, a robust 
business model and effective governance 
have allowed the Group to deliver further 
growth and to progress its strategic 
objectives. The Group is well positioned to 
navigate through the current economic 
uncertainty and to continue to support clients.

It gives me great pleasure to present to you the Annual Report 
& Accounts of the Group for the 12 months to 31 March 2020. 
As we end our third year as a public company, Alpha continues 
to deliver strategically, operationally and financially. Whilst the 
Board continues to monitor the global uncertainty caused by 
the COVID-19 situation closely, our position at the end of FY 
20 represents a strong validation of the Group’s strategy and 
places Alpha well for the market recovery.

Overview of the Financial Year

I am delighted that Alpha continued to perform well across 
its business areas and met market expectations for the year 
ended 31 March 2020. The Group has also made strategic 
progress, including the acquisition of two new businesses, 
Axxsys and Obsidian; launching its Pensions & Retail 
Investments (“P&RI”) practice; as well as growing its highly 
skilled team including several key senior hires. This is all 
coupled with the continued success of Alpha’s core consulting 
services globally, including an especially strong performance 
from the business in North America.

The Group has achieved annual revenue growth of 17.0% on 
the previous financial year to £90.9m. I am also pleased to 
report the Group’s highest ever adjusted EBITDA of £20.2m 
(FY 19: £16.5m) and growth in adjusted earnings per share of 
17.9% to 14.21p. Basic earnings per share was 6.11p, after 
increased adjusting costs as set out in note 4 of the notes to 
the consolidated financial statements. 

Ken Fry
Chairman
24 June 2020

“The Group continues 
to make progress on its 
strategic objective to 
be recognised as the 
leading global asset 
and wealth management 
consultancy.”

Annual Report 20205

During the year, through the acquisitions of Axxsys and Obsidian, 
the Group has expanded its geographic footprint further into 
Canada and Denmark, as well as establishing a software 
development capability centre aligned to Alpha Data Solutions 
(“ADS”) in Serbia. Alpha’s clients remain central to everything 
that the Group considers and does, and this will continue to 
drive investment both in offices and consulting practices that 
support Alpha’s existing and prospective base of clients.

Governance and the Board

Alpha maintains a robust corporate governance framework and 
continues to ensure that it reflects the needs of the Group’s 
shareholders, employees, clients and wider stakeholders. 
The Board8 has significant knowledge of the asset and wealth 
management industry, as well as a deep pool of leadership 
experience to draw from.

The Board continues to review and evolve the corporate 
governance framework, and this has included the appointment 
of Prism Cosec as Company Secretary from October 2019. 
This creates a fully dedicated function, separate from the 
executive role of Chief Financial Officer, in line with governance 
best practice. Prism Cosec brings experience and expertise to 
assist in monitoring and further improvement of the corporate 
governance framework and processes.

Having altered the composition of the Board committees to 
enhance independence in the previous financial year, we 
committed to the appointment of an additional independent 
Non-Executive Director before the 2020 Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”). As recently announced, I am very happy that Jill May 
has agreed to join the Board from July 2020 and I look forward 
to Alpha benefitting from her range of experience across 
financial services, regulation and public companies. 

As part of its activities during the year, the Board resolved to 
rename the Audit Committee as the Audit and Risk Committee. 
This change confirms the Board’s ongoing commitment to risk 
control and management, and better reflects the role and 
activities of the Committee in assisting the Board to oversee the 
risk management framework of the Group. The governance 
arrangements and responsibilities of the Audit and Risk 
Committee remain unchanged. 

I am also delighted that we are introducing formal environment, 
social and governance (“ESG”) and sustainability reporting into 
this year’s Annual Report, including the disclosure of a number 
of ESG metrics for the first time. We believe that the provision 
of these non-financial metrics and reporting will allow us to 
facilitate an understanding of Alpha as a risk-managed business 
that is equipped for sustainable, long-term growth. 

The Board continues to meet regularly to oversee the Group’s 
activities, to ensure the Group progresses with its strategic 
objectives, and that we adhere to our core values of governance, 
integrity and business ethics. One of the actions from last 
year’s Board evaluation and effectiveness review process was 
to ensure that it remains directly and closely engaged with the 
Group’s management teams, and I am pleased to report that 
the Board has received and discussed presentations from a 
number of the regional and operational teams during FY 20. 

Strategy

The Group continues to make progress on its strategic 
objective to be recognised as the leading global asset and 
wealth management consultancy. As Alpha expands the 
breadth and depth of its service offering, the focus remains on 
understanding the needs of its clients and providing them with 
the highest quality service. Whilst, historically, the majority of 
the Group’s growth has been organic, the Board recognises 
the benefits of increasing the breadth of the service offering 
through both selective acquisitions and expansion of the 
senior team. 

This year, the Group has successfully built upon the strategy 
of extending and deepening the range of services that it offers. 
With the introduction of the P&RI practice, Alpha can replicate 
its highly successful business model into a new area and has 
hired a number of high-performing individuals to lead and 
work in the new practice. At the same time, organic growth 
has been achieved in all regions. The Board and I are 
particularly pleased with the performance in North America 
and the addition to the Group of an office in Canada to further 
support this growth.

8  “Alpha Board” is the Alpha Board of Directors, also referred to as the “Board of Directors”, the “Board” and the “Directors”

Annual Report 20206

Chairman’s Report continued

Alpha will continue to invest in and incentivise its high-
performing employees, financially through a market-leading 
incentive package, operationally through effective support and 
communication, and culturally through a range of initiatives 
across social events, corporate social responsibility, diversity 
and inclusion, wellbeing, and performance recognition. I am 
confident that Alpha’s growth and performance further validate 
the Group’s overall strategy in the long term, as we navigate 
through the global events that are currently impacting every 
aspect of our lives.

Dividend

In light of the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Board has decided not to recommend a final dividend for 
the year ended 31 March 2020. The Board considers that, 
during these exceptional times, it is in the best interests of all 
stakeholders to preserve the strength of the Group’s balance 
sheet to provide maximum flexibility throughout, so that Alpha 
is as well positioned as it can be for the future. Therefore, the 
total dividend for FY 209 comprises only the previously paid 
interim dividend of 2.10p.

Outlook and COVID-19

The Alpha Board recognises that COVID-19 poses challenges 
to all areas of life, to both the Group and the asset and wealth 
management industry at large. However, the Group starts its 
new financial year with strength across its people, strategy, 
finances and business model. The Group has taken pre-emptive 
measures to limit the immediate effects of COVID-19, which 
included implementing remote working arrangements and 
reducing spend appropriately to maximise liquidity.

Given the current environment, the Board is pleased with a solid 
start to trading in the current financial year. Whilst the Board is 
monitoring closely the situation presented by the COVID-19 
pandemic, including the impact on win rates, sales cycles and 
project start dates, now and over the coming months, we 
continue to see opportunities, new client wins and extensions 
to existing projects. The Board remains confident that Alpha’s 
strengths mean that it is positively positioned, with the 
underlying industry trends of cost reduction, changing 
regulation and increasing assets under management remaining 
in place, to drive client demand for Alpha’s quality consulting 
services. In light of the ongoing uncertainty and the early 
stage of the new financial year, the likely financial impact on 
the business is difficult to predict with accuracy. As such, the 
Board believes it is prudent not to provide financial guidance 
for the current financial year.

Finally, I would like to thank Alpha’s Board of Directors10, 
management team and employees for their continued hard 
work, dedication and contributions this year, especially given 
the disruptions presented by COVID-19. I look forward to 
continuing to make positive progress and pursuing the 
Group’s long-term strategic goals.

9  FY 20 is the financial year covering the 12 months to 31 March 2020. By comparison, FY 19 is the previous financial year covering the 12 months to 

31 March 2019; and FY 21 is the subsequent financial year covering the 12 months to 31 March 2021

10  “Directors” refers to the executive and non-executive members of the Board; meanwhile, “directors” refers to non-Board directors within the 

management teams of the Group

Annual Report 20207

Global Chief Executive 
Officer’s Report

We have delivered another year of strategic 
progress, achieving strong growth and extending 
further our service offering to the asset and wealth 
management industry. This positions Alpha well as 
we face an uncertain global economic period ahead.

Euan Fraser
Global Chief Executive Officer
24 June 2020

“The business growth and 
successes Alpha enjoys 
would not be possible 
without the teamwork, 
energy and dedication to 
delivering projects every 
day for our clients.”

Welcome to Alpha’s third set of full-year results as a public 
company. I am pleased to report that we have achieved a 
further year of strategic progress as the Group continues the 
momentum from previous years.

We have delivered on our strategic growth objectives through 
the launch of the Pensions & Retail Investments practice and 
the successful acquisition and integration of the Axxsys and 
Obsidian businesses. Through our strong and comprehensive 
service offering and the performance of our highly skilled team 
of consultants, Alpha has enjoyed a good year of growth in the 
underlying business, as shown by increases in revenue, adjusted 
EBITDA, adjusted profit after tax and adjusted earnings per 
share (“EPS”). Operating profit and profit after tax have 
reduced as a result of increased adjusting items, primarily 
driven by the Group’s acquisition activities in the year.

Annual Report 20208

Global Chief Executive Officer’s Report continued

COVID-19 

We now face a period of economic uncertainty in the face of 
the global COVID-19 pandemic. Alpha, like many companies, 
is seeing the effects of this crisis on its business and business 
planning. At the time of writing, given the strength of the Alpha 
service proposition and a strong balance sheet entering the 
new financial year, the Group is well positioned for the market 
recovery. We have also taken steps to protect the business, 
including limiting recruitment to only a small number of 
strategic hires, maximising our cash position and reducing 
discretionary operational expenditure. Alpha’s director team 
has taken a voluntary temporary reduction of 20 per cent in 
salary for six months and the Group’s senior leadership team, 
including the Global Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and the Non-Executive Directors of the Board, have 
taken a voluntary temporary 40 per cent reduction in salary 
and fees. We have also implemented modest staff furlough 
plans within the UK and Europe, which we believe is prudent 
to retain maximum flexibility in protecting the business.

To date, the Group has seen minimal impact to its in-flight 
projects, following a successful and seamless transition to 
remote working with its clients. Core projects have continued 
to progress with minimal pressure on fee rates, no material 
cancellations and excellent client feedback. Alpha, similar to 
many companies, is facing a shifting business development 
environment but has continued to make solid progress at the 
start of the new financial year, with good win rates and project 
extensions. We also expect that the earlier cost protection 
actions we have taken will help us through the uncertainty 
going forwards. The Board and leadership team will continue 
to monitor data points and leading indicators to respond 
appropriately to market conditions. 

most complex and challenging projects in the asset and wealth 
management industry has allowed us to see excellent client 
retention rates as well as the addition of new clients in all regions.

I am particularly pleased to report that the North American 
region achieved excellent growth this year, as expected, with 
net fee income increasing by 57.4% to £14.4m (FY 19: £9.2m) 
and revenue similarly. This demonstrates that our blueprint for 
geographic expansion is successful, and we will continue to 
invest in people and further our global reach, while exercising 
prudence, as part of the Group growth strategy. 

While I am pleased with FY 20 performance, the Board is not 
recommending a final dividend for the year. We believe that 
this is the correct, prudent approach to maximise the Group’s 
balance sheet strength through the current period of uncertainty, 
to align with the cost mitigants and deferrals implemented 
across the business and, in the interests of all stakeholders, 
to help position Alpha as well as possible for the future.

Operational Review

During the year, the Group continued to see strong demand 
for its service offering, subject matter expertise and consulting 
support across the asset and wealth management value chain. 
At a global level, I am delighted to confirm that the Group 
added 102 new clients during the year, with a number of those 
coming from our successful acquisitions and integrations of 
Obsidian and Axxsys, as well as in new jurisdictions including 
Australia and Canada. Continued interest in and demand for 
the Alpha proposition enabled a good set of results to be 
delivered across all the Group’s core geographies: the UK, 
North America, Europe & Asia. 

Summary of Financial Performance

The Group has continued to demonstrate strong growth in the 
year, despite the market and political uncertainty globally through 
much of 2019, including around the UK’s Brexit discussions and 
general election. This has resulted in net fee income11 increasing 
by 17.1% to £88.9m (FY 19: £76.0m), adjusted EBITDA by 
22.9% to £20.2m (FY 19: £16.5m) and adjusted profit before tax 
by 15.2% to £18.6m (FY 19: £16.2m). The outstanding work that 
our consultants deliver while working on some of the largest, 

We have continued to progress our strategy through organic 
growth, developing the service offering for our clients and 
delivering value for our stakeholders. We have seen expansion 
and good revenue contributions from our well-established 
practices such as Investments, Distribution, M&A Integration 
and Operations & Outsourcing, as well as further geographic 
extension within our global locations. We also saw a good 
performance from our newer practices such as ETF & 
Indexing, Digital and Regulatory Compliance. We expect to 
see further interest and demand in those areas as structural 
drivers such as demographic change increase the importance 

11  Net fee income is revenue net of incidental rechargeable expenses. Please see note 4 for further detail

Annual Report 20209

12 months to
31 March 2020

12 months to
  31 March 2019

Change

£50.5m

£14.4m

£24.0m

£88.9m

£45.4m

£9.2m

£21.4m

£76.0m

11.4%

57.4%

11.7%

17.1%

£22.2m

£19.7m

12.8%

£4.8m

£7.4m

£1.7m 187.3%

£7.7m

(4.1)%

18.3%

£34.4m

£29.1m

Net Fee Income

UK

North America

Europe & Asia

Gross Profit

UK

North America

Europe & Asia

As at
31 March 2020

As at
31 March 2019

Change

Consultant Headcount

UK

North America

Europe & Asia

Year‑end totals

217

68

151

436

174

55

133

362

24.7%

23.6%

13.5%

20.4%

I am very pleased with the exceptional growth that we have 
seen this year in the North American business, achieving our 
aim to make substantial gains in that market after investing in 
and strengthening the team in the previous year. We added 
several new domestic clients in the region, which has 
demonstrated the importance, interest and breadth of the 
Alpha service offering to clients on both sides of the Atlantic. 
We have also established an office in Toronto as part of our 
acquisition of Axxsys, which both complements and enhances 
the reach of our existing US offices. Our growth in North America 
has also been recognised by Forbes, who identified us as one 
of “America’s Best Management Consulting Firms” this year. 

The UK remains the geography with the largest revenues within 
the Group and we are delighted with the growth achieved this 
year in the context of some sustained political and economic 
uncertainty. Decision making from many clients improved 
following the UK general election, although it has been 
disrupted once again with the onset of COVID-19. We are 
monitoring the situation and will continue to act to protect our 
business and people, as and when required, in a careful and 
considered manner.

of effective digital experiences, and as the industry continues 
to consolidate and implement further regulatory changes. The 
ADS component of the business has also made progress in 
the year, both through increasing its client footprint and with 
the acquisition of Obsidian.

During the year, we launched the P&RI practice as part of 
a roadmap to move into the insurance sector and strategy 
to diversify our service offering across the value chain. 
We welcomed two new directors to the UK team to lead the 
practice and are delighted that their increasing client focus in 
this space, combined with working closely with other Alpha 
business practices to ensure that we can provide a 
comprehensive proposition and delivery experience for all our 
clients, is already gaining traction with new client project wins. 

As the business grows, it is increasingly important for us to 
assess and disclose how sustainability informs the way we 
plan and operate. The overriding objective has always been 
to ensure that our business model remains effective and 
sustainable in the longer term. As part of this, we have 
consolidated and are in the process of formalising Alpha’s 
ESG approach. We have begun the journey to adhere to a 
formal disclosure framework, a description of which we are 
including in our Annual Report 2020. 

In the last month of the financial year, our key operational 
focus was securing the health and safety of our people and 
transitioning to remote working in the context of the COVID-19 
pandemic. Leveraging our strong operational, technological 
and cultural foundations, we were able to transition quickly 
and effectively, and did not see any material disruption to our 
business operations. We have also worked closely with all our 
clients, again without material disruption to our client delivery 
engagements. As we enter a period of economic uncertainty, 
I am confident that our high-performing team and flexibility to 
respond to client demand in many different environments and 
locations will help ensure that we remain resilient and can fully 
support our client stakeholders through this turbulent time.

Geographic Overview

As a global business, we can provide an exceptional end-to-end 
advisory service to our clients, irrespective of where they are 
located; as well as support our larger clients on international 
change programmes. I am delighted to present our regional 
financial figures for the period: 

Annual Report 202010

Global Chief Executive Officer’s Report continued

There was a consistent performance across Alpha Europe & Asia, 
which includes offices in Singapore, France, Luxembourg, the 
Netherlands, Switzerland and, following the acquisition of 
Axxsys, Denmark. We continue to be recognised as one of 
the leading management consultancies in those jurisdictions, 
once again being recognised as a “#1 consulting firm” by 
Décideurs Magazine in France12. We see the Nordics and 
Central Europe as a key area of growth and, as part of this, 
the Group appointed a new Chief Executive Officer of Central 
Europe for Axxsys. This appointment is a significant move in 
our strategic objective to become a market leader in that area.

We see Asia as a region with exceptional growth potential over 
the longer term. We have been extending our footprint there by 
growing our team in Singapore and implementing projects for 
clients across the region, including in Hong Kong and Australia. 
We will continue to invest in our people there to ensure that 
we can demonstrate Alpha’s fantastic knowledge and talent, 
as well as take advantage of opportunities that arise.

The Group’s year-on-year growth reflects an expanding 
international footprint and growing global reputation as the 
consulting partner of choice for clients across the asset and 
wealth management value chain as we continue to support 
some of their most complex and challenging projects. Our 
strong financial figures, international awards and operational 
growth indicate that we have a geographical expansion 
blueprint that remains successful and allows us to be well 
positioned for the years ahead.

Our People

Alpha’s people are our greatest strength and we are proud of 
the exceptional calibre and commitment of our global teams. 
The quality of our people allows us to support and deliver 
some of the most complex and high-profile change programmes 
within the asset and wealth management industry, and to 
retain very strong recognition and loyalty across our client base.

We are committed to hiring and retaining the very best quality 
of people at every level, and this year we have increased our 
global headcount to 436 (March 2019: 362). Of that headcount 
figure, an increase of 30 is attributable to the organic growth 
of the existing business, with the remaining 44 arising from the 
Group’s acquisition activity in the year. We have also increased 

our director team by 13 globally, through a combination of key 
hires and promotions, which further reflects our growth and 
investment in people this year.

We recognise the high performance of our people through 
financial, operational and other people-orientated initiatives and 
incentives. We are proud to have market-leading compensation 
packages to ensure that we attract and retain the very best 
consulting talent. We provide our employees with a profit share, 
linked to Company performance, as well as the opportunity to 
take part in employee equity schemes to become shareholders 
in Alpha. During the reporting period, 3,374,881 share options 
were awarded to new joiners and certain members of the 
senior management team. As of 31 March 2020, approximately 
17% of the Company’s issued share capital with voting rights 
was held by employees. We will continue to benchmark our 
financial incentive schemes against the industry in order to 
maintain best-in-class compensation and, therefore, attract 
the best candidates in the market and achieve market-leading 
retention rates.

In supporting a global client base, our consultants are required 
to work across different locations and time zones. We make 
sure that our technology and operations are cloud based, 
secure and versatile to allow them to work wherever they need 
in order to support our clients most effectively. Our strong 
operations were put to the test following decisions to work 
from home due to COVID-19, and the resilience of our people 
and operational infrastructure meant that we were able to 
quickly and successfully move to remote working whilst 
maintaining every aspect of delivery excellence for our clients.

Alpha’s unique culture and quality have always been an 
important part of working at Alpha and a fundamental part 
of our historic success. We work hard to maintain the same 
culture globally, which in turn ensures the same high level of 
quality of delivery for our clients. This unique culture has been 
recognised globally, for example allowing us to win a place in 
the Sunday Times 100 Best Small Companies to Work For list 
for four consecutive years, as well as being named as a “Best 
of the Best” in the 2020 Asia Asset Management Awards 
(Journal of Investments & Pensions).

We remain committed to providing an open and collaborative 
working environment. Following the transition to remote 
working due to COVID-19, the Alpha team designed and 

12  Joint first position with McKinsey and BCG in “asset management”; joint first position with Bain, McKinsey and BCG in “wealth management”

Annual Report 202011

launched an internal programme that focusses on the pillars of 
wellbeing, productivity, technology and community. By sharing 
best practice, keeping connected, optimising the use of remote 
functionality and tools, and supporting one another, our people 
are promoting the very best aspects of the Alpha culture. 

Our employees are and will always be the main reason for the 
Group’s ongoing success. Whether this is in developing new 
products and ideas through the “Innovation at Alpha” platform, 
running our diversity and inclusion initiatives, or deciding on 
our partnership with a charity for the year, they remain central 
to how Alpha is run. 

These acquisitions have added to Alpha’s organic growth this 
year, enabling strong local introductions and cross-selling 
opportunities in the markets where they operate, with 
Obsidian bringing an increased focus on the alternatives 
space and Axxsys incorporating a strong pension client base. 
Acquisition remains a key part of the Group’s growth strategy 
and we will continue to monitor how we implement that 
strategy in line with both market opportunity and client 
demand. We will keep seeking investment opportunities that 
provide diversified and established revenues, looking in 
particular at data and product businesses and technology 
consulting firms that can complement and grow the Group’s 
service offering. 

Growth Strategy and Acquisitions

The Group continues to follow a growth strategy that is both 
organic and inorganic to achieve its objective to be recognised 
as the leading global asset and wealth management 
consultancy. In the period, as part of the strategy, the Group 
has expanded through acquisition into complementary data 
and technology services. 

Historically, Alpha has mainly grown organically, and experience 
has shown that our business model can lead to successful 
expansions of our service offering, geographic footprint and 
our ability to cater to increasingly large parts of the asset 
and wealth management value chain, such as vendors and 
third-party administrators in addition to traditional asset 
managers and asset owners. We continue to see shifting 
structural changes across the industry, and we will utilise our 
reputation for exceptional service to act on opportunities for 
organic growth as part of our strategy. We have increased our 
range of services in the past year from 12 practices to 13, and 
we expect that to grow as we explore new industry opportunities 
and client propositions. 

During the year, the Group made two strategic acquisitions. 
In both cases, the acquired organisation provided services 
that enhanced the Group’s strengths and business lines, 
which in turn enhanced our client proposition in all regions. 
The addition of Axxsys has brought a strong technology-led 
consulting service offering to the Group’s core functions, in 
particular, extending our expertise in SimCorp and investment 
management platforms. Meanwhile, Obsidian has created a 
strong complementary software development and product 
expertise within the ADS team.

Current Trading and Outlook

We are reporting on a strong FY 20 but remain conscious that 
we are navigating a period of economic uncertainty. Despite 
these difficult times, and at the point of writing, we have seen 
a limited impact on change projects and Alpha remains in a 
good position with a substantial net cash balance, a strong 
client base and a robust business model.

I am confident that the structural drivers facing the industry 
remain and, therein, the opportunity to continue to broaden 
our geographic footprint and offering for clients, and, in turn, 
for our investors. We are monitoring and responding to the 
COVID-19 situation as it unfolds and we are in a good position 
to evolve and adapt our approach as is required.

Finally, I would like to join with Ken in thanking everyone at 
Alpha. The business growth and successes that Alpha enjoys 
would not be possible without the teamwork, energy and 
dedication of all Alpha’s employees in delivering projects of 
the highest quality every day for our clients. The response of our 
people to the COVID-19 challenge globally has demonstrated 
the exceptional talent, resourcefulness and team spirit across 
the Group. I believe that Alpha has the best consulting team in 
the industry, which will continue to position the Group well and 
allow us to achieve our strategic objectives.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report

14  At a Glance

18  Market Overview

24  Business Model

32  Strategy

34  Section 172 Statement

38  Key Performance Indicators

40  Risk Management

The power of our people togrow the business14

At a Glance:  
creating a global 
growth model

North 
America

65+ Consultants

New York (2009)
Boston (2015)
Toronto (2019)

UK

Europe

Asia

215+ Consultants

135 Consultants

15+ Consultants

London (2003)
Edinburgh (2016)

Luxembourg (2008)
Paris (2010)
Amsterdam (2015)
Geneva (2017)
Zurich (2019)
Copenhagen (2019)

Singapore (2017)

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report15

Our story so far...

First we:
•  Became known to our clients for the high quality 

of our team;

•  Focussed on outsourcing, operational change and 

M&A integration, with emerging distribution and front 
office capabilities.

Then we:
•  Capitalised on our reputation for market-leading 

consulting advice;

•  Continued to develop consulting solutions across the 

asset and wealth management chain.

We have:
We have:
•  Established our global capability and reputation for 

delivering some of the most challenging and complex 
projects in the industry.

Now we will:
•  Continue to build scale both globally and across 
a range of domestic markets by growing and 
differentiating the service offering;

•  Pursue our objective to be recognised as the leading 
global asset and wealth management consultancy.

Annual Report 202016

At a Glance continued

2003

Alpha is founded in 
London as a provider of 
specialist consultancy 
services to the asset and 
wealth management 
industry.

2009

US presence is 
established, with the 
opening of the 
New York office.

2013

Investment in Alpha 
by Baird Capital. 

2015

Alpha’s Diversity and 
Inclusion programme 
is launched. 

2008

Europe presence 
is established, with 
the opening of the 
Luxembourg office.

2011

2014

Creation of the 
Distribution and 
Front Office practices.

New specialist practice 
Alpha Technology 
Services is launched.

Alpha has  
been selected as  
Management Consultancy  
of the Year in the Journal  
of Investments & Pensions 
 Asia Asset Management  
Best of the Best  
awards in 2020 

Timeline depicts calendar years

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report17

2018

Creation of the FinTech & 
Innovation practice.

2016

Investment in Alpha by Dunedin, 
with Baird Capital exiting in full. 
Alpha has c. 200 consultants across 
six offices.

Creation of the Investment 
Guidelines and Regulatory 
Compliance practices.

2020

Alpha continues to grow, 
reporting the most 
successful financial year 
to date, with Group 
revenues of £90.9m.

2017

2019

Asia presence is established, with 
the opening of the Singapore office. 

Creation of the Digital practice. 
Acquisition of TrackTwo; new specialist 
practice Alpha Data Solutions is launched.

Successful AIM admission with a market 
capitalisation of £160m. Alpha has 240 
consultants across nine offices. 

Creation of the ETF & Indexing practice. 

Successful acquisition of Axxsys, including 
a Toronto office and extending presence 
into North America. 

Creation of the Pension & Retail 
Investments practice.

Successful acquisition of Obsidian, expanding 
the Alpha Data Solutions proposition.

Alpha has been 
selected #1 Consulting 
Firm in France by  
Décideurs Magazine 2020  
in both the categories of  
“asset management” and  
“wealth management”

Annual Report 202018

Market Overview

Alpha helps its clients in the asset and wealth 
management industry to transform their 
business models, implement change and 
respond to an ever-changing market and 
regulatory landscape.

Market Context

COVID-19

Alpha is a leading global consultancy to the asset and wealth 
management industry. The industry is made up of a large number 
of organisations including the asset and wealth managers 
themselves, but also platforms, intermediaries and service 
providers that provide support and vital infrastructure as part 
of a dynamic marketplace. 

Alpha works with all types of organisations within the industry, 
and its clients are of all shapes, sizes and levels of maturity. 
They range from the largest multinational asset managers to 
small boutique hedge funds and wealth managers.

Alpha has expertise and supports clients across the whole asset 
and wealth management value chain, apart from advising on 
investment decisions. Its experience, which it organises 
through 13 business practices, extends across the consulting 
lifecycle from strategy, to the operating model and process 
design, to vendor selection, to change delivery and support.

COVID-19 poses a risk to the asset and wealth management 
industry at large. Although the consequences of the pandemic 
are uncertain in the medium and even long term, short-term 
disruption to the industry, the markets and the workforce is 
already in evidence. Alpha and its clients have moved to remote 
working in order to comply with government regulations and 
safeguard the health and wellbeing of their people. Alpha has 
been able to respond quickly and effectively to ensure that it is 
operationally fit and able to service its clients’ needs. Further 
details on how Alpha has achieved this can be found in the 
“response to COVID-19” section of the Role in Society report.

At the end of FY 20, it is impossible to predict the duration and 
scale of impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on the 
industry and, therefore, on demand for the Group’s services. 
Historically, however, the asset and wealth management 
industry has remained resilient during market downturns and 
may also do so during this one, although it is sensible to expect 
that many organisations will need to adjust their core business 
in the short term, while innovating and evolving in the medium 
to long term13. The Group also believes that its highly 
regarded, diversified service proposition is well positioned to 
navigate through an expected period of market turbulence and 
uncertainty. The overall structural drivers of increasing cost 
pressures, regulatory change and increases in assets under 
management within the industry will also remain. 

13  BCG, “Global Asset Management 2020: Protect, Adapt and Innovate” (May 2020)

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report19

Structural Drivers

Irrespective of the COVID-19 conditions, the asset and wealth 
management industry is going through significant structural 
change, and several high-level themes are driving innovation 
and transformation: increasing cost pressure and regulatory 
change, alongside a growth in assets under management. 
Holistically, the industry remains resilient14 and adept at 
growing in line with these structural drivers, but challenges still 
exist, which Alpha is well placed to identify and support. 

These challenges include the need to protect margins, increase 
operating efficiency and address the changing needs and 
expectations of customers. Furthermore, there is a constant 
backdrop of regulatory change and unfolding political and 
macro-economic events. Asset managers are acting on this 
complex mix by increasing efficiencies and addressing the 
changing needs of customers by adapting their profiles, for 
example through the diversification of asset classes and 
products, such as multi-asset products, liability-driven solutions, 
ESG and alternatives15. The Group’s consulting model has 
allowed it to engage with clients to help them understand and 
meet these challenges, through profitability benchmarking 
analysis, automation, enhanced operating models or processes, 
product innovation, improved sales and marketing effectiveness, 
and overall strategy reviews. 

Strong revenue growth delivered
over multiple years.

381 clients assisted  
including asset managers, wealth 
managers and platform providers.

436 fee-generating consultants 
operating globally.

14  Moody’s, “Asset Management – Global: 2020 Outlook” (December 2019)
15  Alpha Outlook 2020, “Profitability: Rising to the top of the agenda” (January 2020)

Annual Report 202020

Market Overview continued

Alpha is also seeing clients prepare for a significant transfer and 
growth of wealth from the “baby boomer” generation to its heirs. 
Over $15tn is expected to transition over the next decade16 
and asset and wealth managers are preparing for how best to 
manage this. It is driving significant operating model changes 
including front-to-back digitisation, enhanced distribution 
models, and a greater focus on technology and data. Alpha’s 
subject matter experts in wealth, distribution and digital are at 
the forefront in their knowledge and perspective; and are 
helping clients through this period of significant change.

This year, the Group has continued to develop its propositions 
to meet the changing demands of its clients and to help them 
meet the unique challenge to both adapt to the structural drivers 
and to differentiate within the industry. Alpha’s highly qualified 
consultants are doing this in a variety of ways, from designing 
effective ESG processes and approaches, to redeveloping 
end-to-end customer journeys that meet changing demographic 
needs, such as for the aforementioned new inheritors of wealth.

In this market context, firms are also likely to continue to look for 
M&A opportunities17 to strengthen their businesses by acquiring 
new capabilities and products as well as growing existing ones. 
Strategic M&A can help managers to launch or strengthen their 
offerings in specific asset classes or geographies, build scale 
and improve margins, or add new specialisms such as data 
science. Alpha has a strong track record of supporting its 
clients in pre-M&A due diligence and business case development, 
as well as in post-M&A integration planning and implementation. 
Alpha’s teams have a deep and proven record of interpreting 
clients’ needs and recommending the most effective 
strategies, operating models and technology solutions using 
experience, expertise and knowledge of vendors and partners 
in the marketplace.

Geographic Demand

The structural drivers of change and macro factors are 
applicable across all markets and, therefore, Alpha sees 
similar demand for its services across all of the regions in 
which it operates, albeit with some local nuances. Regulatory 
regimes are different in each jurisdiction and geopolitical 
factors may also have separate impacts in different regions. 

Alpha’s global network of offices and teams ensures that its 
consultants align to the same brand of delivery excellence 
everywhere while, at the same time, being able to respond to 
local demand and provide specialist local knowledge. For 
example, the Group has seen significant growth and potential 
in Asia and recognises that, by 2025, Asia AUM18 is expected 
to double to $29.6tn19, outpacing any other region globally. 
This expected outperformance is underpinned by longer term 
trends including high-growth economies, rising wages and 
favourable demographics. Consequently, Alpha continues to 
focus on Asia, principally through the Group’s Singapore 
office, while investigating potential new office locations in this 
large region. 

Alpha continues to invest in all 12 client offices from which it 
operates, in London, Edinburgh, Luxembourg, Paris, Geneva, 
Zurich, Amsterdam, New York, Boston, Singapore, Toronto and 
Copenhagen, in addition to its new development capability in 
Belgrade from the Obsidian acquisition. These offices are part 
of the Group’s strategic growth story; they enable Alpha to initiate 
delivery relationships with clients across the globe as well as to 
support multinational clients on strategic engagements globally. 
The Group looks forward to future long-term expansion, repeating 
the growth blueprint that has worked so successfully in the US 
and across multiple other regions. 

As the Group continues to expand, there will be opportunities to 
strengthen regional presences and open new offices. However, 
the Group maintains that opening new offices is always 
conditional upon identifying the right people with the right blend 
of experience and expertise, and the ability to maintain and 
represent Alpha’s culture, talent and strong corporate values.

16   Penta, “The Wealthy Will Transfer $15.4 Trillion by 2030” (June 2019)
17   Deloitte, “2020 Investment Management Outlook” (January 2020)
18  “AUM” refers to assets under management
19   PwC, “Asset & Wealth Management 2025: The Asian Awakening” (April 2019)

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report21

Competitive Environment

Alpha is a provider of consultancy and complementary services 
and, therefore, has a range of competitors in the market. These 
include professional services companies, specialist global 
consulting firms and local consulting boutiques.

As asset management continues to outperform other industries 
within financial services20, there is an increased focus and interest 
in the asset and wealth management space from professional 
services firms, for example, the “Big 6”21. However, Alpha 
remains in a very strong position to compete through its highly 
focussed proposition to the asset and wealth management 
industry, a global reputation amongst clients for consistently 
delivering to the highest standards, as well as differentiating 
intellectual property, data analytics solutions and benchmarking 
information. Through acquisitions, the establishment of new 
practices and new specialist hires, Alpha has also demonstrated 
a proven ability to understand the structural drivers in the 
market, to innovate and develop the service offering accordingly. 

Collectively, this compounds Alpha’s reputation within the 
industry, ensures its strong position when compared to 
competitors, and enables the creation of long-term relationships 
that produce cross-sell and repeat business opportunities. 
Meanwhile, Alpha’s recognised brand in the marketplace and 
reputation for a meritocratic working culture allow the Group to 
attract the best talent, including consultants both at the start 
and mid-way through their careers, as well as at director level. 

Addressable Market

Alpha engages with clients across the asset and wealth value 
chain, from small managers with a few hundred million dollars 
in assets under management to large multinationals with 
trillions of dollars under management. According to a recent 
study by PwC, the asset and wealth management industry 
continues to grow, controlling an estimated $100tn in assets 
worldwide in 201922; and AUM is expected to increase to 
an estimated $145.4tn by 202523. Although the impact of 
COVID-19 on this outlook is yet to be quantified, the industry’s 
fundamentals remain strong and indicative of further growth 
over the long term.

Offices in 12 major financial centres: 
London, Edinburgh, Boston, New York, 
Amsterdam, Luxembourg, Paris, 
Geneva, Zurich, Singapore, Toronto 
and Copenhagen.

85%

Of the 20 largest  
global asset managers 
by AUM, and 74% of the top 50.

20  McKinsey, “Beyond the Rubicon: Asset Management in an era of unrelenting change” (November 2019)
21  “Big 6” comprises PwC, KPMG, Deloitte, EY, Accenture and IBM
22  PwC, “Asset and Wealth Management Revolution: Investor perspectives” (November 2019)
23  Funds Europe, “AUM Growth to 2025 Strong not Stellar” (February 2019)

Annual Report 202022

Market Overview continued

Alpha’s addressable market extends beyond traditional asset 
and wealth managers to the vendors and platforms that support 
them, to specific asset owners and boutique alternatives, such 
as private assets, real assets and hedge funds. The Group 
recognises that there are opportunities to further expand its 
addressable market into other parts of the financial services 
sector that it does not currently service, where Alpha could 
utilise its existing expertise and connections to develop a 
market-leading proposition. Alpha has progressed a roadmap 
to extend its services into insurance during the financial year 
through the set-up of the Pensions & Retail Investments 
practice, making key hires to develop the proposition in this 
natural adjacency.

Each of Alpha’s clients has a range of priorities, responses and 
plans to address the structural, geographical and macro drivers 
impacting the asset and wealth management industry. Alpha’s 
deep expertise within the asset and wealth management 
industry, wide geographic footprint and deep understanding 
of the drivers of change allow it to predict and meet client 
demand. Through its understanding of these drivers, Alpha 
can support its clients through all stages of their complex 
change programmes as they try to grasp and adapt to the 
evolving marketplace. Alpha has always invested in its people, 
practices and capabilities, and will continue to do so to ensure 
that it can meet the changing needs of its clients and the 
wider market while, at the same time, providing the best level 
of service and expertise.

Experiences

Tim Cheah 

Manager, Singapore

I joined the Alpha Singapore team in July 2018 after 
some years in corporate banking. The catalyst had been 
a matter of pure chance – I had bumped into a contact 
(now a colleague) in the lobby of a building where I had 
arrived in advance of a meeting. Later that day, we 
caught up over coffees, and that was how I got to know 
about Alpha. 

If I were pressed to identify a single aspect, the most 
valuable experience of my time at Alpha has been the 
wide exposure of client engagements that I’ve enjoyed. 
From investment compliance, to regulatory reporting, to 
data infrastructure, every project has been intellectually 
stimulating and has provided an ideal platform to upgrade 
my content knowledge and hone my client-facing and 
project management skills. But what has given me the 
confidence to perform these roles has been the 
powerful support of my colleagues, who make Alpha 
such a compelling organisation to work for. 

While still unborn historians will have the last word, 
2020 will likely leave deep scars in economies and 
societies across the globe. As a global business, 
Alpha has truly been put to the test. The resilience of 
the organisation, the forethought of leadership, and 
perhaps above all, our commitment to the values we 
preach, have been hugely impressive to witness. I am 
excited to do my small part in taking our Asian business 
to the next level.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report23

“ The powerful support 
of my colleagues makes 
Alpha such a compelling 
organisation to work for.”

Alpha employee

Annual Report 202024

Business Model

The Group’s business model aims to deliver great 
outcomes for clients and sustainable long-term 
growth for shareholders by providing consulting 
and complementary technology and data solutions 
across the investment management value chain.

Highlights for FY 20

Client Focus

•  Successful Axxsys integration, strengthening 

the technology consulting offering; 

•  Successful Obsidian integration, diversifying 

the ADS product; 

Alpha aims to be the leading global consultancy in the asset 
and wealth management industry, with an unrelenting focus on 
industry expertise and delivery excellence for its clients. In order 
to fulfil this aim, the Alpha business model puts its clients’ needs 
front and centre of everything that the Group does.

•  Strong performance of the US business, creating 
a significant opportunity for further growth and 
geographic expansion within North America;  

•  Launch of the Pensions & Retail Investments 
practice as part of roadmap to move into 
insurance adjacency; and 

•  Addition of offices in Canada and Denmark.

The business model is designed to be as flexible as possible 
and necessary to service clients, prioritising an ability to reach 
client entities in a multitude of geographic locations, growing 
subject matter expertise and deepening experience in the 
end-to-end asset and wealth management value chain. 
The Group’s range of business practices, through which its 
knowledge and client propositions are organised, are managed 
to support all the various teams and departments that operate 
within client organisations. To this end, during the year, Alpha 
has further diversified its business model both geographically, 
by adding Denmark and Canada to its office locations, and 
through its proposition, in the creation of the P&RI practice, 
and the maturity of ADS.

Acquisitions that the Group has undertaken during the year 
align to this client-centric view. The acquisition of Obsidian 
allowed the Group to expand the ADS proposition, in turn 
providing the market with a more comprehensive and richer 
suite of data and business intelligence products. The acquisition 
of Axxsys enables the Group to target and address a strong 
demand for investment management technology implementations 
and advisory support.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report25

s

e

a ti v

A lt e r n

Asset M

a

n

a

g

er

s

ETF & Indexing

Benchmarking

FinTech & 
Innovation

Operations  
& Outsourcing

s
r
e
d
i
v
o
r
P
e
c

i

v
r
e
S

Pensions & Retail 
Investments

Alpha
Technology
Solutions

M&A 
Integrations

Alpha
Data
Solutions

W
e
a

l
t
h
M
a
n
a
g
e
r
s

Front  
Office

Investment 
Guidelines

Regulatory 
Compliance

Distribution

A

s

s

et O

wners

e diaries

f o r m s   &  I n t e r m

P l a t

  Practices

  Client segments

Organic Growth

Alpha’s strategy focusses 
on organic growth through 
expansion into new 
geographies, broadening 
 its service offering and 
building the client base.

Alpha’s Strategy  
in Action

Inorganic Growth 

Acquisitions can support 
organic growth in adding 
new services and expertise 
that the Group can take 
to clients.

1

2

Expand the existing 
business practices.

Roll out the practice  
model globally.

3

Make selective  
acquisitions.

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
26

Business Model continued

Acquisitions

Alpha’s stated objective is to generate growth both organically 
and through acquisitions. Working in and knowing the industry 
helps the Group to identify optimal acquisition targets, and 
it has been able to develop a timely and efficient integration 
process. Acquisition targets are represented by companies 
with highly complementary products and services, who are 
also at a point in their lifecycle that provides exceptional value 
for Alpha shareholders as well as a potential for significant 
further growth. Both of Alpha’s acquisitions this year have 
demonstrated these characteristics.

In June 2019, the Group acquired Axxsys, a specialist business 
and technology consultancy for the asset and wealth 
management industry, with renowned expertise, particularly in 
the implementation and optimisation of the SimCorp Dimension 
investment platform. The acquisition brought significant benefits 
to the Alpha Group:

•  A proven, technology-focussed skillset that enhances the 
Group’s consulting offering to clients and enables access 
to previously unavailable change budgets;

•  A team of 30+ technical consultants whose skills are 

highly complementary to the existing Alpha Technology 
Services (“ATS”) proposition for delivering leading-edge 
technology solutions;

•  A complementary geographic footprint, with offices in 
strategic locations for Alpha: North America (Toronto) 
and continental Europe (Copenhagen); 

•  Good revenue visibility from a strong client base with a 

range of long-term projects, as well as a healthy pipeline 
of work across SimCorp Dimension and other key 
investment platforms; and

•  Excellent cross-selling opportunity, bringing new clients 

to the distribution model. 

The integration of Axxsys was completed on schedule at the end 
of the third quarter of FY 20. Axxsys has performed extremely 
well since the acquisition, leveraging synergies with Alpha’s 
client base to continue to expand the business and 
contributing £7.1m in revenues in the financial year.

In November 2019, the Group acquired Obsidian, a specialist 
software solutions business for the investment management 
industry. Obsidian offers advanced data analytics, visualisation 
and technology solutions to complement the Group’s ADS 
product offering. By the time of the acquisition, Alpha had 
already partnered with Obsidian to sell jointly a combined 
product solution to a major Alpha client, hence proving the 
solution and client demand, and materially de-risking the 
transaction. In addition to a leading cloud-based product 
suite, the acquisition has brought the Group:

•  21 new clients with an existing Obsidian products licence, 

providing a new recurring revenue stream; 

•  A strong hedge funds offering, enabling the Group to target 

additional clients;

•  An offshore technology development centre in Belgrade; and
•  A team of 10 highly skilled development specialists.

The integration programme to align product code bases, 
improve security and integrate support functions has largely 
been completed as at the end of the financial year. Together, 
Alpha and Obsidian have an enhanced suite of data and 
technology solutions that will form the basis of a recurring 
licence revenue stream.

Obsidian won the 
HFM US Technology awards 
for Best CRM System and 
Most Disruptive Technology 
Solution in 2019 
(prior to acquisition)

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report27

Talented People

To deliver a market-leading service to its clients and meet its 
growth strategy and objectives, the Group seeks to ensure that 
the high-performing team remains financially, operationally 
and culturally incentivised to provide the best possible service. 
Further details of the Group’s engagement and incentivisation 
approaches can be found in the “looking after our people” 
section of the Role in Society report. 

During FY 19, the Group launched the “Innovation at Alpha” 
platform to engage its employees more formally in the 
development of new product, services and business line idea 
formation. The platform allows Alpha’s team of consultants to 
use their expertise and insights gained from working in the 
industry to provide innovative ideas directly to the senior 
management team, which then go through a thorough 
consideration and analysis framework before, if appropriate, 
approval and development. In the last financial year, 30 ideas 
were submitted globally, of which a third were taken forward 
for assessment and a number of those are currently being 
developed further. Ideas included new products, tools or 
services, and successful ideas were rewarded in different 
ways including vouchers and recognition at company events.

Alpha in Society

Alpha believes that its role in society is critically important to 
all areas of the business and business model. It is a topic that 
its employees and leadership teams are passionate about; and 
one that presents a significant part of its ability to maintain a 
high-performing, sustainable culture. 

Alpha also sees that its corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) 
and ESG credentials are important to a growing number of 
clients, investors and shareholders. This year, Alpha has further 
focussed on ensuring it is one of the best places to work for 
its people, developing more its diversity and inclusion (“D&I”) 
initiatives; considering the role it plays in the environment and 
community, such as becoming carbon neutral in the UK; and 
considering the role it plays in society at large, for example in 
its expanding charity of the year work. 

Alpha has also worked on aligning its D&I, CSR and ESG 
initiatives globally to provide further clarity and purpose. 
Further details on the role that Alpha plays in society can be 
found in the Role in Society disclosure of the Annual Report. 

The Group continues to explore acquisition possibilities and 
maintain a pipeline of further targets, which are carefully 
evaluated to ensure business alignment and the opportunity 
for strategic progress. Acquisitions will most likely be in 
niche product businesses within the ADS practice, or smaller 
consultancies that offer additional expertise or the potential 
to develop the Group’s geographic reach. The Group will 
selectively proceed with those that provide the greatest value 
through the addition of new expertise, products, services and 
people to serve more fully the needs of clients and to open up 
new client opportunities. 

Services and Expertise

Alpha has 13 business practices, which allow it to organise its 
skills, expertise, data, subject matter knowledge and intellectual 
property according to a client recognised topic. Each practice 
is led by senior directors who are responsible for practice 
coordination, development of the practice proposition, and the 
overall direction and strategy of each practice. This practice 
model is also supported by a strong collaborative culture, 
technology and operational infrastructure that allow the various 
business practices to share knowledge, insights and best 
practice seamlessly. The extensive range of knowledge of the 
Alpha team allows the Group to be able to meet any demands 
that its clients may have and allows Alpha’s consultants to 
provide the best quality of service regardless of the topic, 
location or role in the industry that the client performs.

As the markets change, the Group continues to extend its 
capabilities to best cater to clients’ evolving profiles and needs. 
The Group considers the launch of new practices where there 
is client-led demand while, at the same time, pursuing growth 
in the existing practice areas. During the period, several of the 
Group’s more nascent practices matured further, such as 
Regulatory Compliance, Digital and ADS, while there were 
a number of key client wins for the ETF & Indexing practice, 
which was launched in the second half of FY 19. 

In this period, the Group launched its P&RI practice, which was 
in line with the Group’s objective to diversify its proposition, 
as well as forming the first step in a wider strategy to duplicate 
Alpha’s success in adjacent areas of the financial services 
sector. It offers the Group’s clients focussed expertise in the 
life and pensions space, allied to Alpha’s deep understanding 
and experience of managing complex delivery challenges. 
The new practice addresses the growing demand for consulting 
support from clients in this area across such topics as market 
participation strategy, distribution transformation, platform 
implementations, cost reduction, regulation and client 
experience; and demonstrates Alpha’s ability to respond to 
new opportunities arising in the rapidly changing investment 
management landscape.

Annual Report 202028

Business Model continued

Sustainability Focus

Building a sustainable, long-term business model is important 
for the Group, its employees, its client stakeholders and investors. 
As such, the Group perceives that having a comprehensive 
understanding of the potentially material non-financial factors 
that affect the business is crucial to mitigating risks, taking 
advantage of opportunities and ensuring that the business 
model is effective for long-term returns. During the year, Alpha 
has begun to formalise its approach and has linked its ESG 
credentials directly to the Sustainability Accounting Standards  
Board (“SASB”) framework. The SASB framework applies an 

industry-level materiality matrix to recognise environmental 
and social impacts arising from the production of goods and 
service; and provides a framework that guides a minimum 
level of disclosure based on long-term ESG factors.

As a “professional and commercial services” organisation within 
the SASB framework, the identified material factors that impact 
the Group concern data security; workforce diversity and 
engagement; and professional integrity. These ESG topics are 
reviewed along with specific metrics in the following sections 
of the Annual Report:

Topic

Summary Approach

Data 
Security

Workforce 
Diversity & 
Engagement

Professional 
Integrity

Maintaining strong, robust and secure operations around data is central 
to effectively supporting and retaining the trust of the Group’s clients, 
colleagues and wider stakeholders. Alpha follows comprehensive 
information security and data privacy strategies and continuously 
monitors data security as a principal risk.

The success of the Alpha business is based on the delivery of high-quality 
consulting projects and solutions to clients, which, itself relies upon 
having a highly engaged and motivated workforce. Alpha recognises the 
importance of an engaged, motivated and diverse team of employees 
and, as such, has in place several initiatives that seek to maintain an 
inclusive culture, recognise achievement and support all employees.

Acting and being seen to act with the highest standards of professional 
integrity is critical to developing and maintaining a trusted partner status 
with clients. Working with professional integrity is a core value at Alpha, 
which is monitored through local governance forums and the client 
delivery oversight framework. The CSR initiatives of the Group further 
uphold this commitment to acting with transparency, honesty and 
personal integrity within society.

For More Information

SASB metrics (including data 
security policy): pp 167-69

Risk management: pp 40-42

SASB metrics: pp 167-69

Looking after our people: 
pp 52-57

SASB metrics: pp 167-69

Community & corporate 
social responsibility: pp 60-67

“ I’ve never heard a consultancy partner spoken 
about more positively across such a broad variety 
of business partners than Alpha, and that 
includes our strategy and Big 4 consultants.”

President, global asset manager

Annual Report 2020Strategic ReportAlpha also understands that reporting its impact on the 
environment is important to its investors as they consider 
systemic risks that may affect their portfolios. Alpha remains 
committed to minimising its impact on the environment and 
has increased its focus this year on iterating, improving and 
meeting its environmental obligations. There are multiple policies 
in place to ensure an environmentally friendly place of work 
but, more widely, the Group is currently on the journey of 
reducing its global carbon footprint and has made formal 
steps in the UK (the Group’s largest jurisdiction) during the 
year to achieve that aim. Further details and key metrics can 
be found in the “environment” section of the Role in Society 
report. This is the first year that Alpha is providing a formal 
ESG and environment disclosure, and it will continue to iterate 
and improve this process in future years.

The Group operates a robust and effective governance and 
risk management framework to ensure that it manages risk, 
adds value to the business and brings long-term benefits to the 
Group’s shareholders. Ensuring long-term, sustainable growth 
is a key part of the Group’s strategy and business model. More 
information can be found on the Group’s objectives and approach 
around this topic in the “risk management” section of the 
Strategic Report and in the Corporate Governance report.

29

Generating Value

Alpha provides a market-leading proposition for solving problems 
for its clients through a diverse offering, expert knowledge and 
relevant experience. The Group also uses its position as a 
leading consultancy to help advise, inform and provide insight 
for the asset and wealth management industry at large.

Due to the excellent work that Alpha’s employees deliver for 
clients, it continues to see high levels of client retention, which 
produces repeat client sales year on year as well as cross-sale 
opportunities across different business practices. To sustain 
this, Alpha puts a strong emphasis on managing its client 
relationships; and there is clear individual responsibility on 
every client engagement with a senior member of the Alpha 
team. This framework ensures both an effective means for 
maintaining business relationships on a day-to-day basis and 
the ability to clearly report to the executive team, represented 
by the Global Management Board, and, where appropriate, the 
Board of Directors on how those relationships are performing. 
The Group has been successful in adding organically a further 
30 clients during the year, as well as gaining several new 
clients from its acquisitions of Obsidian and Axxsys.

In order to fulfil its advisory role and maintain a reputation of 
being able to deliver the best and most accurate insights, 
Alpha works hard to understand and maintain relationships 
with vendors, industry bodies, regulatory authorities and its 
competitors in the marketplace. In addition, this knowledge 
and these relationships continue to facilitate decision making 
within the senior management team and at Board level about 
the Group’s business activities and growth plans.

The Board recognises the need to have a flexible service 
offering to meet the ever-changing needs of the Group’s clients 
and with an aim to exceed the proposition being presented by 
its competitors. As part of the business model, the Group works 
with and has experience of producing high-quality deliverables 
for clients across the industry, including asset managers, wealth 
managers, alternatives managers, platforms, intermediaries, 
service providers and asset owners. This enables the business 
model to be continually reviewed and enhanced to ensure that 
it still offers a differentiated service proposition, the highest 
level of delivery quality and the ability to generate value for the 
Group’s stakeholders over the long term. 

Alpha remains confident that, in serving the asset and wealth 
management industry and its stakeholders with an exceptional 
proposition and level of service, it is ensuring the ongoing 
success of the business. This, in turn, supports the ability of 
the Group to provide long-term returns for its shareholders. 
The Group will continue to develop its offering by broadening 
the range of services that it provides, the types of clients that 
it can support, and the geographies from which it operates.

Annual Report 202030

Business Model continued

Key Strengths 

The key attributes that enable Alpha to provide a strong 
and sustainable business model are:

•  Providing a highly focussed industry proposition 
for the asset and wealth management industry;
•  A proven ability to identify talent and invest in the 

very best consultants in the market;

•  A unique culture that supports and rewards high levels 

of performance, collaboration and integrity;
•  An integrated service offering and seamless 

global reach;

•  Continual development of capability and range of 

services to both anticipate and meet client requirements;

•  A focus on putting clients first and establishing 

long-term relationships;

•  An emphasis on providing the highest quality of 

service to clients and, where possible, exceeding 
their expectations; and

•  An ability to leverage best practice, differentiating 
intellectual property and data, state-of-the-art 
technology options and invaluable market knowledge 
developed over more than 16 years.

Experiences

Shona McCluskey 

Manager, UK

I joined Alpha at the end of January 2020, excited by 
the prospect of being part of a small team building the 
new Pensions & Retail Investments (“P&RI”) practice. 
I started my first P&RI client engagement remotely during 
the COVID-19 lockdown and I am proud to be part of an 
organisation that cares so much about their employees 
during challenging times. From remote working wellbeing 
initiatives to home team workout challenges and even 
remote social coffee clubs, everyone at Alpha has 
contributed all around the world. This has ensured that 
we are all fully supported to continue to deliver top 
quality work for our clients whilst protecting our mental 
health, proving the strength of the Alpha culture despite 
the external challenges.

I have enjoyed working with such a high calibre and 
supportive team, allowing us to successfully build Alpha’s 
presence in a new market. It has also been refreshing to 
have the creative freedom to shape meaningful internal 
initiatives where I can see tangible results for the 
business. For example, I have been working on a global 
HR innovation project and a piece of collaborative 
primary research between the benchmarking and P&RI 
team on platform orphan clients.

The people at Alpha make it such a motivating and fun 
place to work and I am looking forward to building the 
P&RI team further and developing my skills in such a 
dynamic environment.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report31

Experiences

Julia Sinclair 

ADS Product Manager, UK

I have been at Alpha since July 2019, working as a 
product owner within ADS for the 360 SalesVista and 
distribution data cloud product suites. Life at ADS is 
fast paced, as you would expect from an early life 
practice! My role extends from the traditional product 
owner responsibilities of representing the customer 
within an agile team, to working with our existing and 
potential clients to design and develop new product 
offerings for the financial services industry.

During my time with ADS, I have overseen a revamp of 
our core 360 SalesVista offering, gathering client 
feedback and upgrading the functionality and usability 
of our system to bring more value to our end users. My 
interest has always been in building products that 
matter, and I have gravitated towards this in my role at 
ADS. I enjoy taking ownership of our client engagement 
agenda and creating multiple opportunities for our 
teams to work with real end-users, helping us to stay 
focussed on the real-life problems we are solving with 
our product set. 

Working with talented people across the globe has been 
eye opening and I have been fortunate to collaborate 
with extremely hard-working and skilled teammates. I 
feel lucky to work with others who strive to provide only 
the best to our clients and look forward to what we will 
achieve in the future.

Annual Report 202032

Strategy

The Group’s strategic objective is to be recognised 
as the leading global asset and wealth management 
consultancy. Alpha will accomplish this by growing 
and diversifying its market-leading proposition both 
organically and inorganically.

Alpha continues to build on its previous successes by growing 
and expanding the business, leveraging a market-leading 
proposition, an understanding of trends in the industry and the 
high calibre of its people. Alpha’s strong business model and 
long-term growth strategy mean it is well positioned to navigate 
the current uncertainty presented by COVID-19. The Directors 
are confident that the Group remains well placed to continue to 
meet its strategic objective to become the leading consultancy 
to the asset and wealth management value chain globally.

The Group continues to focus on maintaining its client-led organic 
expansion. This is done through extension of the business model 
into new jurisdictions; creating excellent client relationships to 
improve retention rates and generate repeat business; and the 
broadening and deepening of existing services, practices and 
propositions. Organic growth remains a key component of Alpha’s 
strategy and has been central to Alpha’s growth historically.

Acquisitions of other market-leading propositions are a core 
part of the Group’s strategy, whereby the Group will selectively 
consider opportunities to enhance value, broaden expertise and 
complement the existing set of services and products. Through 
its own experience, and from working with many clients in the 
M&A space, the Group is confident that it has a good blueprint 
for successful acquisitions and integrations.

Moving into additional parts of the asset and wealth management 
value chain also represents a key focus for the Directors and 
management team of the Group, including expanding into the 
insurance market. The Group has made cautious steps into 
expanding in this area through the introduction of the P&RI 
practice and looks forward to developing a market-leading 
reputation to service existing and new clients in those segments. 
Through the Group’s effective growth and diversification strategy, 
the Directors are confident that Alpha will remain successful in 
the long run.

The Group continues to develop its overall strategy in three 
key ways:

1. Expand the existing business practices

Alpha serves clients in multiple countries through its successfully 
deployed practice model. The Directors have identified that 
there is substantial scope to grow the Group’s share within these 
markets by extending the services that are delivered to existing 
clients, or by serving new clients, through the addition of 
business practices. The Group will continue to evaluate market 
demand for new products and services; and respond to it by 
deepening the proposition and expanding the number of 
practices. To achieve this, the Group will invest in its talented 
people, the service offering and the practice structure, through a 
combination of internal promotions and external senior hires.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report33

2. Roll out the business practices globally

The Group currently provides services to its clients from 12 global 
offices in the UK, North America, Europe and Asia. The strategy 
is to extend and strengthen its service proposition globally by 
deploying the existing practices consistently across all regions. 
This will be achieved by introducing and developing those 
specialist practices in each of the Group’s jurisdictions. The 
Directors believe that the building out of the Group’s proven 
practice model across North America, Europe and, ultimately, 
Asia will help to meet evolving client demand and drive future 
growth globally.

3. Make selective acquisitions

The Group recognises that it can strengthen the service offering 
and, therefore, add value through strategic acquisitions. 
The Group operates a selective and disciplined approach to 
acquisition, considering opportunities of consulting businesses, 
technology and data products, and intellectual property that 
support and complement organic growth. Alpha believes it is 
well placed to identify technology and data led acquisitions 
that would benefit its clients’ operations and, in turn, generate 
growth for the Group. A broader range of knowledge and 
capabilities can also increase cross-sell potential, as well as 
create additional addressable areas of the market. The 
Directors are confident that Alpha’s industry proposition and 
strong culture offer a compelling platform for the owners of 
any such target complementary firms.

Annual Report 202034

Section 172 Statement 
and Stakeholder 
Engagement

Section 172 Statement

Under Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006, a director of a 
company must act in the way he or she considers, in good faith, 
would be most likely to promote the success of the company for 
the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have 
regard (amongst other matters) to:

•  The likely consequence of any decision in the long term;
•  The interests of the company’s employees;
•  The need to foster the company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

•  The impact of the company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

•  The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for 

high standards of business conduct; and

•  The need to act fairly as between members of the company.

The following disclosure describes how the Directors have 
had regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) and 
forms the Directors’ statement under section 414CZA of The 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors remain committed to engaging with all of the 
Group’s stakeholders and considering their interests when 
making any strategic decisions.

Engagement with Key Stakeholders

The Board considers its key stakeholders to be its employees, 
its shareholders, its clients and the communities in which the 
Group operates. The Board also recognises other stakeholder 
groups including vendors and suppliers, industry bodies and 
competitors with whom Alpha works or associates in the 
marketplace. The Board understands that engaging with these 
stakeholders strengthens the Group’s business relationships 
and facilitates its decision making at an executive level, which 
is very important for Alpha’s long-term success. 

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report35

Stakeholder Group

Stakeholder Key Interests

Form of Engagement

Further Details

•  Career development 
•  Reward
•  Training and development 
•  Morale and motivation
•  Engagement
•  Reputation
•  Wellbeing
•  Health and safety

•  Professional qualification 
training opportunities

Role in Society: 
pp 52-69

•  Mentoring 
•  Global employee 

feedback framework

•  Leadership 

communications
•  Monthly company 

meetings

•  Recognition and reward

Looking after our 
people: pp 52-57

Community & 
corporate social 
responsibility: 
pp 60-67

Employees
Attracting, retaining and developing 
the very best people in the industry is 
integral to the Group’s culture and 
ongoing success. The Group is 
committed to providing a highly 
rewarding place to work, and to 
maintaining a unique and inclusive 
culture that places people at the 
heart of the business. To achieve this, 
there is a strong emphasis on 
interaction, open communication and 
the exchange of proactive insights 
from the employee base. Employee 
feedback has always been a 
significant component of that picture. 

Shareholders
The Group places a strong emphasis 
on maintaining effective engagement 
with its shareholders, which it considers 
to be integral to longer-term growth 
and success. The Board is committed 
to providing good, consistent and 
open engagement with shareholders.

•  Financial performance 
•  Governance and 
transparency

•  Operating and financial 

information

•  Confidence and trust in 
the Group’s Directors

•  Dividends

• 

Investor conferences/
roadshows

•  Dedicated investor 

section on the website
•  Shareholder consultations
•  Annual Report
• 

Interim and preliminary 
results announcements 
•  Annual General Meeting 
•  One-to-one meetings

Corporate 
Governance: 
pp 72-106

SASB (ESG) 
disclosure: 
pp 167-69

Risk management: 
pp 40-42

Financial 
statements: 
pp 115-66

Annual Report 202036

Section 172 continued

Stakeholder Group

Stakeholder Key Interests

Form of Engagement

Further Details

Clients
Alpha’s successful business model is 
built upon keeping clients’ needs at the 
core of its proposition, which includes 
the Group’s geographic network, the 
services it offers and the types of 
project that it delivers. Central to 
Alpha’s growth strategy is continuous 
investment in people, locations and 
knowledge to help all clients address 
their challenges and best capitalise on 
opportunities. The Group holds a very 
strong emphasis on developing and 
sustaining long-term client relationships.

Communities
Alpha is committed to building 
positive relationships with the 
communities and environment in 
which it operates. This includes 
supporting communities and 
organisations local and relevant to 
the Group’s operations; and 
considering how to maximise the 
benefits and minimise the downsides 
of its environmental and social impacts. 

•  Focussed, relevant 
industry proposition
•  Emphasis on client 

satisfaction

•  Delivery excellence 

standards
Integrated service offering 

• 
•  Accuracy and reliability 
of knowledge, advice 
and insights

•  Subject matter expertise
•  Continuous development 
of products and services 

•  Effective engagement 
with local communities

•  Working closely with 
charities and other 
organisations

•  Building awareness 

around diversity, inclusion 
and CSR issues

•  Ensuring effective action 
on the environment and 
climate change
•  Pursuing a positive 
impact on local and 
global environments

•  Senior-level client 

relationship management

•  Continuous client 

satisfaction monitoring
•  Regional Chief Executive 
Officer responsibility for 
monitoring client demand
Industry roundtable 
discussions

• 

•  Provision of market and 

industry insights

•  Dialogue with vendors, 
regulators and industry 
bodies

•  Modern slavery statement
•  Charity of the Year 
programme work

•  D&I teams and initiatives
•  CSR schemes
•  Work on climate change 
and carbon offsetting
•  SASB ESG reporting

Business model: 
pp 24-30

Strategy: pp 32-33

Role in Society: 
pp 52-69

Community & 
corporate social 
responsibility: 
pp 60-67

Charity of the year: 
pp 65-66

Environment: 
pp 68-69

SASB (ESG) 
disclosure: 
pp 167-69

Further details of the Group’s engagement with stakeholders can be found throughout this Annual Report, in particular in the 
Strategic Report, Role in Society and Corporate Governance disclosures. The Annual Report’s various quotes and “experiences” 
from employees and clients also provide tangible examples of engagement by the Group with its stakeholders, which ensures that 
their interests can form a key part of the decision-making process. 

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report37

Key Board Decisions during the Year 

The Board considers the following to be the key decisions and considerations it has made during the year to 31 March 2020:

Board Decision

Considerations

The Board agreed the FY 19 preliminary financial statement 
and Annual Report & Accounts to shareholders.

The Board approved the acquisition of Axxsys Limited in 
June 2019.

To provide transparent and accurate information to the market.

To support the Board’s strategy of making selective acquisitions 
to strengthen the service offering and add value for the benefit 
of all stakeholders.

The Board agreed to seek external company secretarial support 
and to appoint Prism Cosec as its Company Secretary.

To ensure that all governance requirements were covered, thus 
protecting shareholder interests and increasing transparency. 

The Board agreed the FY 20 interim report to shareholders 
and paid the FY 20 interim dividend to shareholders. 

The Board approved the acquisition of Obsidian Solutions 
Limited in November 2019.

The Board reviewed the results of an employee engagement 
plan and approved a number of initiatives to be carried out 
by the Global Management Board and the HR team.

To provide transparent and accurate information to the market.

To support the Board’s strategy of making selective acquisitions 
to strengthen the service offering and add value for the benefit 
of all stakeholders.

To understand the feedback provided by employees, to take 
appropriate actions and to ensure the ongoing engagement 
of Alpha’s employees in respect of implementing positive 
changes. When reviewing the actions to be implemented, 
the Board considered the financial consequences and the 
impact on long-term value and growth for the shareholders.

The Board considered the Group’s strategic priorities at its 
dedicated strategy session.

To ensure the strategy is still appropriate and to review progress 
against strategic goals.

The Board considered the impacts of COVID-19 and agreed 
a number of mitigating measures including short-term 
changes to remuneration.

The Directors considered the composition of the Board 
and agreed the appointment of an additional independent 
Non-Executive Director.

The Board considered the payment of a final dividend for 
FY 20 and agreed that it would not be recommending a final 
dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020. 

To address the long-term interests of all stakeholders and 
protect the Group’s balance sheet. 

To continue to improve Board effectiveness by recruiting an 
experienced Non-Executive Director with appropriate sector 
experience. To recognise and address the requirements of the 
shareholders and market. To consider long-term succession 
planning when making any Board appointment.

To address the best interests of all stakeholders. To preserve the 
strength of the Group’s balance sheet and provide maximum 
flexibility throughout the COVID-19 uncertainty so that Alpha is 
as well positioned as it can be for the future.

Annual Report 202038

Key Performance 
Indicators

The Directors have defined the following key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”). These KPIs link to the Group’s growth 
strategy and are used to monitor the Group’s income 
statement and performance.

KPI

Revenue24

The revenue KPI measures how well the Group has 
expanded its business through organic and inorganic growth

Net fee income25

Net fee income is revenue before incidental expenses and 
is used as an alternative KPI to indicate the underlying 
productive operating performance of the Group

Gross profit

This KPI further helps to measure the profitability of the 
Group and the success of the business model

Trend

FY 20: £90.9m

FY 19: £77.7m

FY 18: £67.8m

FY 17: £44.5m

FY 16: £37.0m

FY 20: £88.9m

FY 19: £76.0m

FY 18: £66.0m

FY 17: £43.6m

FY 16: £36.4m

FY 20: £34.4m 

FY 19: £29.1m 

FY 18: £25.3m

FY 17: £15.0m

FY 16: £12.5m

24  FY 19 revenue is restated to reflect the presentation of revenue gross of rechargeable expenses. Refer to note 1 of the financial statements for further 

detail and note 2 for a reconciliation of revenue to net fee income

25  Net fee income and adjusted profit before tax have been introduced as new KPIs in the year to reflect the inclusion of expenses within revenue, as 

per note 1, and the ongoing development of the business. These additional KPIs are APMs, which are further described in note 4

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report39

KPI

Adjusted EBITDA

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation 
and exceptional items is a measure of the underlying 
profitability of the Group

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax excludes adjusting items and is 
used as an alternative performance measure of the 
underlying profitability of the Group

Headcount

The year-end headcount KPI measures the growth in the 
Group’s fee-generating consultants globally

Trend

FY 20: £20.2m

FY 19: £16.5m

FY 18: £14.0m

FY 17: £8.6m

FY 16: £7.0m

FY 20: £18.6m 

FY 19: £16.2m

FY 18: £8.3m

FY 17: £1.8m

FY 16: £2.8m

FY 20: 436 

FY 19: 362

FY 18: 305

FY 17: 240

FY 16: 196

Annual Report 202040

Risk Management

The active forecasting, monitoring and mitigation 
of risk remains a focus of the Group. The risk 
management framework compromises systems 
of governance, control and a strong corporate 
culture of responsibility.

Overview

The Group’s operating model, and the asset and wealth 
management industry in which it operates, expose it to a 
number of uncertain internal and external events, which 
constitute risks. The Group manages risks to limit potential 
adverse effects on the implementation of its strategy, its 
financial performance and the interests of shareholders. 
It does this by ensuring that there is a robust framework in 
place to identify, assess and govern risk.

Governance and Responsibility

The Group governs risk through executive oversight and 
responsibilities that extend across all business areas. As 
illustrated in the diagram on p. 41, the Group follows a 
“top-down” and “bottom-up” approach to monitoring and 
managing its risk exposures. In this approach, top-down 
strategic risk management is directed from the Board; and 
applied through the actions of the executive team and wider 
senior management within operations. Bottom-up operational 
risk management is implemented through the engagement, risk 
awareness and corporate responsibility of all Alpha employees.

The Board of Directors has overall accountability for ensuring 
that risks that could impact the long-term success of the 
Group are identified and effectively managed. The Board 
delegates oversight of the Group’s risk management processes 
and control environment to the Audit and Risk Committee.

The policies and decisions of the Board with regards to risk are 
implemented through the Group’s executive team, represented 
by the Global Management Board. The Global Management 
Board encompasses all the areas in which business-level risk 
may arise or apply, including finance, IT & infrastructure, HR, 

business development and service delivery. The members of 
the Global Management Board have a direct reporting line into 
the Board, principally via the Global Chief Executive Officer. 
However, any member of the Global Management Board can be 
invited to present their risk management activities, including 
risk escalation and risk monitoring processes.

The Group believes that corporate responsibility underpins 
a successful risk management strategy. Acting responsibly 
and taking accountability in day-to-day business activities 
is expected and required of employees in all parts of the 
organisation. It is a core value that is written into the Employee 
Handbook, which all staff must read and attest to. This 
includes the need to follow and ascribe to relevant policies, 
training and procedures that are decided at a senior level.

Objectives of Risk Management

The main objectives of the Group’s risk management 
framework are to ensure that there is:

•  A strong corporate culture of risk awareness and 

responsibility embedded at all levels of the organisation;

•  Reduction of ongoing risk as far as possible, without 

unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility;
•  Proactive identification and reporting of risk information, 
with clear management and mitigation responsibilities; and
•  Provision of a suitable basis upon which the Audit and 
Risk Committee and, ultimately, the Board can assess 
the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and 
internal controls.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report41

Risk Management Governance

STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT:

• Assesses and reports on principal  

risks & uncertainties

• Agrees the risk appetite
• Agrees the key risk indicators
• Determines strategic action points

EXECUTIVE RESPONSIBILITY:

• Monitors external environment
• Oversees business-level risk 

management activities

• Monitors key risk indicators
• Oversees strategic action points
• Ownership of the risk register

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

GLOBAL MANAGEMENT BOARD

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE

CORPORATE ASSURANCE:

• Oversight of risk procedure
• Internal control
• Assesses effectiveness of risk 

management framework & reporting

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT:

• Monitor operating environment
• Identify, assess and mitigate  

operational risks

• Implement strategic action points
• Execute policies, training & controls

BUSINESS UNITS

Improvements to the Risk 
Management Approach

Alpha has a global risk management framework in place in 
order to assess and manage risks that may have an impact on 
the business. The Board believes that these practices should 
be regularly reviewed to allow for continuous improvement 
and development.

During the year, in order to ensure the ongoing appropriateness 
of the framework, the Group delivered a number of incremental 
enhancements that included:

•  Following the acquisition of Obsidian, the Group incorporated 
new components into the operational risk management 
aspects of the framework for the ADS business. This includes 
an ADS Information Security Forum and the development 
of appropriate processes for the full management of issues, 
actions and risks relating to ADS technology, service delivery 
and people;

•  Established a Data Protection Working Group as the primary 
forum for oversight and management of issues, actions and 
security risks relating to the Group’s data privacy processes 
and compliance with data protection regulation or policy;
•  Created an internal ESG team that will collate, understand 
and monitor any environmental, social and governance 
topics that have the potential to be financially impactful to 
Alpha’s business performance, or financially impactful to an 
investor’s portfolio as a whole. This work will include providing 
an annual ESG disclosure as part of the Annual Report.

With the ongoing rise in volume and evolving landscape of 
information and cybersecurity threats, the Group has further 
developed in the year its operational and strategic focus on 
the IT and cybersecurity agenda, including alignment with 
industry best practice, promoting user awareness and 
continual review of technical and physical security controls.

Risk Assessment

The Group reviews and monitors risk exposures closely, 
considering the potential impact and any management actions 
required to mitigate the effect of emerging issues and events. 
The Group’s risk register is the principal tool for managing risks, 
which are categorised as operational, financial or industry risk; 
and the Group’s risk appetite statements. Adherence to the 
Group’s risk appetite statements is monitored using key risk 
indicators, which are incorporated in the Board’s risk reports.

The risk register is owned by the Global Management Board; 
it is maintained using current inputs from the core business 
functions. Risks are assessed using a scoring system, with 
each risk scored according to the likelihood of occurrence and 
the associated impact to the Group and the execution of its 
strategy. This approach to risk assessment facilitates escalation 
to the Board of Directors of the key material risks. It also 
ensures the business’s ability to review risks, identify trends 
and respond with an effective set of actions.

Annual Report 202042

Risk Management continued

Group risks are reviewed, discussed and challenged first by the 
executive team, through the meetings of the Global Management 
Board. The key material risks, as agreed at the Global 
Management Board, are then reported to the Board. Reporting 
decisions are documented so that the assessment and escalation 
approach can be reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee as 
part of its assurance responsibilities. In exceptional circumstances, 
that is where the risk is of a sensitive business nature, a risk may 
be raised on an individual basis to the Global Chief Executive 
Officer, who can present that risk directly to the Board.

The Board has agreed that the most material current risks to 
the Group will be presented in the Annual Report as the principal 
risks and uncertainties. Applying the described approach, the 
Board is able to confirm that a robust assessment of the 
principal risks and uncertainties has been carried out.

Financial Risk Management

The Group has established internal control and risk management 
structures in relation to the process for preparing the 
consolidated financial statements. The key features of this 
framework are:

•  The Group’s executive team understands the importance 
of internal control and adhering to the principles of risk 
mitigation on a global, operational basis;

•  The Audit and Risk Committee has primary responsibility 
for reviewing the quality of internal controls and checks, 
to ensure that the financial performance of the Group can 
be properly measured and reported on;

•  The Chief Financial Officer and finance team regularly monitor 
and consider developments in accounting regulations and 
best practice in financial reporting and, where appropriate, 
reflect developments in the consolidated financial statements;

•  The Group’s results are subject to various levels of review 

within the Group’s finance and management teams;

•  Both the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board review 

the draft consolidated financial statements;

•  The Audit and Risk Committee receives reports from senior 

management and the external auditors on significant 
judgements or estimates, changes in accounting policies, 
changes in account estimates and other pertinent matters 
relating to the consolidated financial statements; and
•  The financial statements are subject to external audit.

Brexit

The Group continues to believe that the UK’s decision to leave 
the European Union (“Brexit”) is not a principal risk for Alpha’s 
long-term success, growth and strategy. The Group welcomed 
improvements in the markets and Brexit clarity following the 
UK’s general election results at the end of 2019. It did not see 
a material impact on its overall growth in the financial year.

A combination of Alpha’s lack of reliance on arrangements 
between the UK and EU, as well as Alpha’s growth and 
diversification both geographically and across practices allows 
it to remain well positioned for any geopolitical uncertainties 
that may continue or arise newly from Brexit in the long term. 
The Group and its Directors will monitor the situation and are 
conscious that this position may change due to new challenges 
presented by the implementation of the withdrawal agreement, 
as well as the impact of Brexit on the UK economy as a whole.

COVID-19

The Directors and the senior management team are closely 
monitoring the new uncertainty and possible impacts of 
COVID-19 as they evolve. The Group understands that COVID-19 
constitutes a macro risk to its business performance, the 
fulfilment of its strategy and its people. In order to identify, assess 
and control the operational and commercial impacts as effectively 
as possible, the Group has mobilised a dedicated governance 
structure that includes global and local response forums.

The COVID-19 pandemic is captured as part of the Group’s 
macro-economic conditions principal risk, although it is 
acknowledged that individual risks and issues related to the 
pandemic may need to be tracked separately as the Group 
develops more visibility. The full impact of the pandemic is 
currently unknown, but the most likely scenario arising from 
COVID-19 in the short term is a disruption to the Group’s clients 
and, therefore, a change in client demand and decision making.

The Group remains well positioned to navigate through the 
risks and impacts presented by the COVID-19 pandemic and 
to continue to deliver growth over the long term. The Group is, 
however, cognizant that the COVID-19 pandemic needs to be 
monitored and managed carefully, and the appropriate 
measures taken as both the impact and duration of the 
pandemic become clearer.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report43

“ Alpha offers its employees the opportunity to 
help set and deliver the strategic course of the 
world’s leading asset managers. Put simply, 
if you want to work at the intersection of 
professional services, thought leadership and 
asset management, Alpha is the place to be.”

Alpha employee

Annual Report 202044

Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties

The table below outlines the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group. They are not the only risks 

that may affect the Group, but they are the risks that the Board currently believes would have the most 

significant impact on the Group’s strategy to achieve long-term profitable growth. There may be additional 

risks that materialise over time that the Group has not yet identified or deemed to have a potentially material 

adverse impact on the business and the business strategy.

Operational Risk

The Group’s approach to minimising operational risk is to centralise relevant processes and oversight frameworks through the 
senior leadership team, which includes the Chief Operating Officer, Head of IT & Infrastructure and Head of HR. Operational risks 
are mitigated accordingly through operational projects that are designed to strengthen the control environment and protect 
Alpha’s competitive standing with regards to people and quality of service.

Risk

People & 
Resourcing

Failure to attract, incentivise 
and retain the best people with 
the right capabilities across all 
levels and geographies. 

Quality  
of Service

Failure to maintain quality of 
service on client delivery 
engagements.

Mitigating Factors

•  Attractive culture that places people at the heart of the business. 
•  Regularly benchmarked, market-leading remuneration package that 

includes a differentiating profit share. 

•  Employee equity participation offering, including management 

• 

incentive plan for directors. 
In-house recruitment process, targeting top university graduates and 
experienced professionals. 

•  Comprehensive training and development programme, building 

consulting skills and industry knowledge. 

•  Broad and reactive support structure, including HR, individual 

mentors and external advice scheme.

•  Clearly defined project terms agreed up front, ensuring that each 

delivery framework is appropriate, and the objectives are achievable. 

•  Clear individual responsibility on every engagement via the Alpha 
engagement lead, who is a senior member of the Alpha team.
Internal service delivery function managed by the Chief Operating 
Officer, providing strong oversight and enabling early risk identification. 

• 

•  Regular monitoring of client satisfaction and fulfilment of agreed 

delivery criteria through the Alpha engagement lead, in addition to 
the Alpha client account owner.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report45

Risk

Data 
Security

Mitigating Factors

Risk of a security breach 
leading to loss of integrity or 
availability of core data.

•  Defined IT security policy including breach management procedure. 
•  Annual cybersecurity review by external party and renewal of Cyber 

Essentials certification. 

•  Core cloud services hosted in vendor data centres utilising industry-

Integration 
Risk

Risk of failing to integrate 
acquisitions successfully, 
leading to an impact on Group 
profitability and success. 

standard security. 

•  System access controls and encryption. 
•  Physical security controls at office locations.
•  Mandatory training around data handling and security.

•  Full business case required and built for every acquisition, subject to 

a number of tests.

•  Detailed due diligence, analysis, planning and mitigation as part of 

• 

the acquisition process where a wide range of factors are taken into 
consideration. 
Incorporation of the Group’s extensive experience of working with 
clients on high-profile acquisition and integration frameworks, 
including key risk identification and mitigation approaches, and 
refined through the Group’s own acquisition activities.

•  Defined integration project with dedicated resources across 

people, finance, IT and operations, products and commercials for 
each acquisition.

•  Continuous monitoring of business alignment, client satisfaction, 

performance and other key performance indicators.

•  Clear and effective internal and external communications regarding 
acquisition and integration topics, overseen by a member of the 
Global Management Board.

Annual Report 202046

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Industry Risk

The Group’s approach to minimising industry risk is to undertake a regular assessment of the market and its influencers, 
including regulatory, political and structural change; and to maintain a strong dialogue with market participants, such as clients, 
competitors and industry bodies. This review is delivered through the Group’s defined corporate governance responsibilities, 
wherein the Executive Directors manage those relationships on a day-to-day basis and communicate the key findings and 
perspectives to the Global Management Board and, in turn, to the Board of Directors.

RISK

Strategy

Macro-economic 
Conditions

Political / 
Regulatory 
Environment

Risk that the Group 
responds inadequately to 
changing market 
conditions or fails to meet 
its strategic objectives, 
such as continuing organic 
growth.

Risk that macro-economic 
factors outside of the 
Group’s control change, 
affecting its clients, their 
demand for consultancy 
services and, hence, the 
Group’s own performance 
and financial position.

Risk that Alpha’s business 
model and strategy is 
materially impacted by 
legal, political or regulatory 
changes that restrict 
service offering or access 
to markets.

Mitigating Factors

•  Business strategy is reviewed regularly by the Global 
Management Board and the Board of Directors. 

•  Strategy informs annual business planning and budgets and is 

tracked accordingly. 

•  Regional Chief Executive Officer responsibility for monitoring 

markets and client demand locally, proposing and implementing 
relevant, competitive service propositions.

•  Monitoring of the market to identify, and plan for, potential change 

in market conditions and volatility. 

•  Ensuring an effective, coordinated response to any macro-

economic challenges that emerge (e.g. COVID-19).

•  Flexible business model that is responsive to change and 

regularly reviewed.

•  Record of identifying opportunities to provide consulting services 

and delivering successful projects in challenging change 
conditions. 

•  Global nature of the business and range of practices that should 

reduce the risk of impact from volatility in specific markets.

•  Ongoing diversification and expansion of the service offering that 

should reduce impact of any restrictions. 

•  Strategic geographic extension of the business, overseen by the 

Board and executed by the Global Management Board. 

•  Regulatory, political and legal change horizon scanning, led by 

the Global Chief Executive Officer, to foresee and plan 
appropriate responses. 

•  Dialogue with regulators, legal advisers and industry bodies. 
In respect of Brexit, continual monitoring of the withdrawal 
• 
agreement proceedings and appraisal of potential implications for 
the Group.

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report47

RISK

Competitors

Mitigating Factors

Risk that an existing 
competitor or new entrant 
may over time be able to 
achieve similar success 
and win work from the 
Group’s existing clients.

•  Monitoring of competitor positioning including client win/loss ratios.
•  Proven ability to understand the structural drivers of the market, 

to innovate and develop the service offering accordingly. 

•  Key competitive differentiators:

–  Highly focussed proposition for the asset and wealth 

Client 
Concentration

Failure to expand the client 
base or a reduction in the 
number of key clients due 
to consolidation in the 
industry.

Large-Scale 
Projects

Reduction in major and 
large-scale projects, 
currently a consistent and 
considerable source of fee 
generation.

management industry; 

–  Complementary technology consulting and data solutions; 
–  Strong, increasingly global reputation amongst clients, with 

the very high quality of the team as a key competitive 
advantage; and

–  Differentiating intellectual property and benchmarking data. 

•  Expanding global team of consultants able to attract new market 

entrants and new entities within existing client structures. 
•  Growth objectives include diversifying the Group’s client base. 
•  Regular monitoring of client concentration by revenues. 
•  Acquisition strategy that targets businesses with strong 
addressable client bases and cross-selling opportunity.

•  Strategic business objectives include extending the Group’s 
offering with new services and products to cater for different 
client segments.

•  Deep specialised industry expertise equips the Group to win and 

complete projects of all sizes and complexity. 

•  Growth strategy that targets extension of service offering and 

capability to service an array of requirements in addition to the 
large-scale M&A, operations and front office projects.

•  Presence in annual project portfolio of smaller projects that 

cumulatively could provide equivalent value to large programmes.

Annual Report 202048

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Financial Risk

The Group’s approach to minimising financial risk is to manage utilisation, day rates, expenses and cash collection actively and 
closely. The Group’s target is for projects to be chargeable on a time and materials basis, and to ensure that consultants’ time is 
recorded and billed each month. A considerable amount of attention is paid to day rates and their alignment to budget, which 
are reviewed and monitored by regional Chief Executive Officers and the Executive Directors.

RISK

Utilisation Rates

Cash Collection

Risk that utilisation rates, 
which drive Group 
profitability, may be 
adversely impacted by 
poorly timed headcount 
growth or an unexpected 
decline in client projects.

Failure to collect cash on 
client invoices on a timely 
basis.

Mitigating Factors

•  Target utilisation rates are agreed annually per region and are 

monitored by the regional Chief Executive Officer. 

•  Oversight of delivery against agreed resource utilisation by 

regional Chief Executive Officer or head of country.

•  Ongoing review of global utilisation by Chief Financial Officer, in 
conjunction with visibility of pipeline and recruitment plans; and 
discussed regularly with regional Chief Executive Officers, heads 
of country and the Board.

•  Group-wide aim to sell consulting services on a time and materials 

basis, minimising work in progress or accrued unbilled time.

•  Standard Group policy for settlement of client invoices within 30 days.
•  Assessment by the Chief Financial Officer of the Group’s cash and 

debtors’ position on a regular basis, which is discussed with regional 
Chief Executive Officers, heads of country, at the Global 
Management Board and Board meetings.

By order of the Board.

Euan Fraser
Global Chief Executive Officer
24 June 2020

Annual Report 2020Strategic Report49
Annual Report 2020

“ When we met Alpha we recognised the strong 
talent within the firm and knew that, with 
its breadth of expertise, professionalism and 
proven record of delivery in our industry, the 
Alpha team would enable us to transform our 
operating platform.”

Chief Executive Officer, asset manager

Role in Society

52 

Looking After Our People

58  Response to COVID-19

60  Community & Corporate Social Responsibility

68 

Environment

The power of our people toachieve our ambitions52

Looking After Our People

Alpha brings together the best and most talented  
people, creates a fantastic place to work and provides  
an environment for exceptional success.

Creating the Best Consulting Company

Alpha’s success is owed to its people, who have played a 
critical role in driving strong organic growth over the Group’s 
history. Only through their experiences, expertise and hard 
work are we able to deliver best-in-class insight and 
exceptional outcomes for our clients, which, in turn, drives 
client loyalty and repeat business. In order to attract and retain 
the best people, we want to ensure that Alpha is the best 
place to work financially, operationally and culturally.

We place our people at the heart of the business and we strive 
to provide a meritocratic culture that focusses on raw talent, 
ability, commitment, motivation and the aspiration to succeed. 
We provide a culture and structure to support our employees 
through training, mentoring and collaboration. 

We are proud to have been placed in the Sunday Times 100 
Best Small Companies to Work For ever since we began 
participating four years ago, as well as a host of other global 
awards this year. We are also delighted with an excellent set of 
reviews of Alpha as an employer on Glassdoor.

Our strong culture is underpinned by a set of core values, 
which all employees sign up to as part of the Employee 
Handbook when they first join. Our core values guide us on 
how we work and collaborate and are an integral part of 
everything that we do.

Alpha has appeared in 

The Sunday Times  

Top 100 Best Small  

Companies to Work  

For for four consecutive  

years, 2017−20.

Annual Report 2020Role in Society53

Our core values define who we are both 
as a company and as professionals:

We pride ourselves on 
working collaboratively 
with our clients

We take accountability for 
delivery – we own and take 
responsibility for outcomes

We are proactive – 
we use our extensive personal 
and corporate experience to 
get tasks done 

We focus on providing 
deep expertise within our 
specialist industry segments

Our company provides a 
meritocratic, sociable and 
supportive environment – we 
want to be recognised as the very 
best place to work in our industry, 
with personal career progression 
based on transparent and purely 
meritocratic considerations

Everything we do is defined by 
integrity – we hold ourselves 
to the highest standards 
of transparency, honesty 
and personal integrity

We are socially and 
ethically responsible

Annual Report 202054

Looking After Our People continued

Experiences

Daniel Feeney 

Analyst, UK

Alpha has grown since 2003 from a handful of consultants 
to a leading consultancy in investment management 
globally. Joining Alpha in August 2019, at around 400 
employees worldwide, it was immediately clear to me 
that the tenets on which the firm was built were people 
and excellence. Our leadership team take care to maintain 
the benchmark in both delivery and culture established 
in the business’s adolescence whilst balancing its 
dizzying growth, moulding Alpha into the “global boutique” 
it is today.

I graduated from the University of Warwick in 2019 and 
am the inaugural graduate of Alpha Data Solutions, the 
product arm of Alpha Group. Since joining, I’ve worked 
on implementations of our enterprise fintech product for 
asset managers, 360 SalesVista, and on operational data 
consulting projects in conjunction with the consulting 
and ATS teams. I’m also currently part of the global 
Alpha project team volunteering pro bono to support our 
charity of the year, Plastic Oceans, with several strategic 
initiatives to strengthen their platform and its impact.

Alpha has offered me a challenging and invigorating 
start to my career and a working environment that 
champions support, fun and achievement. I’m excited to 
be a part of the company’s forward trajectory from here.

Recruitment

We have created a reputation in the market for being one of 
the most exciting and rewarding companies to work for, and 
this has been backed up by our impressive track record and 
reputation in the industry. Due to this, we always have a healthy 
recruitment backlog with candidates actively approaching 
us regularly.

We have a rigorous in-house recruitment process that focusses 
on finding raw talent, a high level of commitment and the 
aspiration to succeed. We continually review our global 
recruitment functions to ensure the most thorough and 
effective process for the Alpha Group as well as the best and 
most insightful experience for candidates. Responding to 
COVID-19, we were able to adapt our recruitment processes 
seamlessly, including conducting interviews virtually, for which 
we received very strong feedback. 

Irrespective of the location or the position, Alpha is known as 
being a difficult company with which to achieve the offer of a 
role. Once hired, however, we provide our employees with all the 
subject matter expertise, support and training needed to thrive.

Operations, Support and 
the Working Environment

Ensuring that our consultants are able, confident and equipped 
is of the utmost importance. As they work on some of the 
industry’s most challenging and complex change projects, 
we strive to make sure that they are fully supported in every 
way possible.

Alpha has developed a thorough and robust operational structure, 
which ensures that employees can work from anywhere, in 
any environment. This important ability to be able to work 
collaboratively, and communicate and engage with clients 
from any location, is premised upon having a strong, secure, 
cloud-based IT infrastructure. This infrastructure allowed us to 
quickly and effectively transition to working from home following 
the COVID-19 outbreak, with minimal disruption to our business; 
see the “response to COVID-19” section for further information. 
We have also increased the central operations team in line with 
the growth of the business to ensure that we continue to support 
our people, infrastructure, expanding geographic reach and 
business acquisitions.

Annual Report 2020Role in SocietyCareer development is also a core part of our support structure, 
and we have an established mentoring and employee oversight 
framework across all global locations and all levels. We also 
continue to invest in training and development programmes 
to build consulting skills, specialist delivery qualifications and 
industry expertise. This includes industry-leading professional 
certifications from various bodies such as the CFA Institute, 
CISI and CAIA Association. 

Monitoring and ensuring the wellbeing of Alpha’s people, from 
the day they join and throughout their careers and all delivery 
assignments, is hugely important to Alpha as an employer. 
We continuously review and support our employees’ wellbeing. 
This includes regularly conducting wellbeing pulse surveys 
to understand stress and wellbeing trends across the 
organisation, and offering appropriate support structures for 
employees who need them. In addition to a broad and active 
framework that includes HR, individual mentors and an 
external advice scheme, this year, five new wellbeing champions 
were trained in mental health first aid. This is the first pilot in 
a planned global initiative and we are very proud that these 
wellbeing ambassadors represent a global team that has many 
volunteers who wish to give their own time to help and provide 
practical wellbeing resources and support to their colleagues. 

55

Experiences

Duncan Ng’enda 

Manager, UK

I joined Alpha at the beginning of March 2020 in the 
nascent Pensions & Retail Investments team.

A few years ago, one of my colleagues at my former place 
of work moved over to Alpha and could not stop gushing 
about the positives of Alpha. My direct experience of 
Alpha started with the interview process. From the first 
contact with the recruitment team, I knew Alpha was 
different. The combination of genuine care, honesty and 
rigour was like no other interview process I had ever been 
through. By the time I got to my final interview, I was 
convinced there was something special with this firm 
and I wanted to find out what it is.

My time at Alpha since joining has been less than usual. 
In my first week of joining Alpha, COVID-19 became a 
global calamity, and we all ended up working from home. 
From the vantage point of my dining table, I have 
experienced Alpha, in a time of uncertainty, pivot itself 
and respond to the challenges that this pandemic has 
thrust upon us – personally and in the business world 
– with agility, creativity and organisational confidence 
that makes me proud to work here.

Since joining, it has emerged that the special thing 
I recognised during the interview process is more than 
one thing. Alpha is special because of the high calibre of 
its people, its organisational honesty, the unrelenting focus 
on delivering client value, the commercial astuteness of 
its market proposition and, most importantly, the sense of 
kinship and camaraderie that is evident in the office or 
in these strange times via conference call or video link!

As we learn to live in a post-COVID-19 world, I am looking 
forward to my time at Alpha as we build the best P&RI 
practice in the industry.

Annual Report 202056

Looking After Our People continued

Sharing in our Success

Alpha offers a best-in-class compensation package to attract 
and retain consultants of the highest calibre across all levels 
and all locations. This is done financially, culturally and through 
other methods of recognition, which allow the outstanding 
performance that individuals or teams make to be rewarded. 
This framework serves to deepen the relationship between 
exceptional employees and Alpha’s ongoing success.

As an employer, Alpha differentiates itself from 
competitors in the following ways:

•  Remuneration packages are benchmarked against the 
“Big 6”, and Alpha typically offers a base salary that is 
in line with the best in the market;

•  Participation in the Company’s profit-sharing scheme, 
linked to Company performance, which can deliver a 
significant uplift to an already competitive base salary;

•  Equity participation through an employee incentive 

We recognise the huge contributions of our employees in a 
multitude of ways, including several key social events during 
the year to celebrate success, company milestones and the 
efforts of different groups. These include promotion 
celebrations, mentor-mentee socials and peer group outings; 
to larger events such as fully-funded Christmas parties and 
international summer conferences. Culturally, recognising 
success is a very significant part of Alpha’s fabric; we have 
“shout-out” processes in place where individuals and teams 
can be recognised by anyone in the organisation for excellent 
delivery, outstanding support and other demonstrations of 
innovation or proactivity.

Experiences

Olivia Brachet

Office Manager, France

plan (“EIP”) and a management incentive plan (“MIP”) 
for directors;

I joined Alpha in May 2017 as Office Manager in the 
Paris office.

•  A comprehensive training and development programme 
that develops employees’ skills and expertise, whilst 
enhancing Alpha’s desirability to clients and driving 
increased loyalty to the firm; and

•  Opportunities to work on interesting and varied 

projects, including high-profile client engagements 
and transformational deals in the industry.

Before joining Alpha, I worked in the field of communication 
and disability, which was very different from asset 
management! I took the plunge and, three years later, not 
only can I say that the company is very team-orientated 
and a challenging but fun place to work, it is also 
surrounded by amazing people.

I consider myself as a contributor to a fast-paced team, 
providing operational and administrative support to the 
France office. Besides my core business, I have the 
opportunity to take part in varied projects at French and 
Group level such as GDPR implementation, European 
global training, social events – the list goes on.

Day-to-day contact with a variety of people, including 
management, consultants, all of the Alpha departments 
(such as finance, HR, legal and so on), clients, and 
vendors makes this job so interesting! 

If I had to say three words about Alpha, it would be 
welcoming, friendly and fun!

Annual Report 2020Role in Society57

Running the Business

We encourage all our employees to have an entrepreneurial 
spirit and make sure that they are taking an active part in the 
business management of the company. The Alpha team 
contributes extensively using an exceptional array of consulting 
and other skills to help support the running of the business. 
This allows them to contribute directly to the success and 
evolution of Alpha, as well as develop their interests and 
talents further. 

Alpha employees are involved in a range of business management 
activities. These include CSR, D&I, IT and infrastructure 
management, marketing and business development. The team 
is also directly involved in recruitment and interviewing as well 
as promoting Alpha through their own experiences. Employee 
engagement for the Alpha Innovation platform, which was 
launched in the previous year, increased during FY 20. The 
platform allows Alpha employees to submit ideas about how 
the Group innovates and grows; suggesting not just ways of 
new organisation and governance but new products, services 
and business lines. 

Alpha consultants are also involved in the delivery of internal 
change projects, enabling them both to share their insights from 
client deliveries and to contribute directly to the design of Alpha’s 
operations and infrastructure components. For example, during 
the year, Alpha upgraded its document management system, 
including a large migration objective and a requirement to train 
all of Alpha’s employees. It was an internally managed project 
that involved over 50 members of staff from all parts of the 
Alpha world in a very exceptional demonstration of collaboration, 
time commitment and effort. 

Employee Feedback 

One of our key goals is to make working for Alpha the best 
corporate experience that anyone has during their professional 
career. To help achieve this, Alpha has a globally aligned, open 
employee feedback framework that runs continuously and is 
supported by a number of different initiatives. This framework 
includes regular feedback checkpoints about all aspects of 
working at Alpha, including wellbeing, day-to-day project life, 
sensitive concerns, personal development and general questions 
about Alpha’s growth and strategy. It aligns with a Group desire 
to maintain a collaborative, open working environment with 
free-flowing feedback and information. This, in turn, encourages 
effective engagement from employees, which leads to loyalty, 
motivation and an embedded positive culture.

Several initiatives have emerged from employee feedback, 
from changes to internal policy, communication, technology 
and productivity improvements, to inclusive social events, 
skill-sharing classes and wellbeing courses such as yoga and 
meditation. All these initiatives have been identified, defined 
and delivered from Alpha’s employee base as part of their 
incredible drive to shape the Alpha working environment, as 
well as a vision for the future. 

In order to ensure regular sharing and engagement on Alpha 
perspectives, insights and ideas on corporate and local 
governance topics, the global management team runs monthly 
company meetings in all locations. These meetings are 
supplemented and supported by leadership communications 
and other initiatives, such as video interviews, which create 
transparency on the Group’s achievements, considerations 
and key decisions so that all employees feel invested and 
informed on Alpha’s growth.

Experiences

Ozer Niyazi

Senior Manager, US

I joined Alpha’s London office as a graduate in 2013. 
Looking back, it’s amazing to reflect on Alpha’s journey 
since then. From less than 75 people globally to nearly 
450 people today and from privately owned to publicly 
listed, Alpha has certainly grown! However, at its core, 
Alpha remains the same: delivering high quality results 
for our clients in a dynamic, transparent and fun 
working environment.

Putting the industry-leading project work that we do to 
one side, one of my favourite aspects of working at Alpha 
is the ability to contribute towards internal business 
management. Last year, alongside many of my colleagues, 
I helped to select and manage the transition to a new 
document management system, a system used by all 
employees on a daily basis. The transition involved 
migrating millions of files that were previously unstructured 
into a centralised and catalogued repository that integrates 
with our other core systems. The project was challenging 
but also highly rewarding. It has improved our ability to 
collaborate and share information and has paved the 
way for future automation of time-intensive processes.

Alpha has offered me wonderful personal opportunities 
too, including sponsoring a secondment to our New York 
office to support our growth in the US. I am excited to 
see where we go next.

Annual Report 202058

Response to COVID-19

Leveraging the strong existing organisational, 
technological and cultural structures that were in place, 
Alpha was able to respond quickly and decisively in order 
to protect its people and support the business.

As the COVID-19 situation developed, Alpha was able to mobilise 
its people quickly to meet local government requirements to work 
from home and socially isolate. In this new way of working, we 
wanted to ensure that all our employees were supported 
operationally and socially. A team was swiftly formed around 
remote working with three main streams:

However, it is down to the unique drive, commitment and 
proactive spirit of Alpha’s people that, in the following few 
days, the remote working support framework was so quickly 
mobilised, with the adoption of several important initiatives to 
ensure that its objectives of maintaining collaboration, 
motivation and support were met. These include:

•  Wellbeing: to inspire, motivate and support Alpha’s people;
•  Productivity: to optimise remote working practices and 

•  Regular video communications from Alpha’s Global Chief 
Executive Officer to answer questions from the team;

collaboration; and

•  Technology: to ensure a continuous operational framework 

•  Social and community events such as virtual coffee catch-ups, 
online pub quizzes, board games, book club and Friday drinks; 

and effective remote technology solutions.

•  Online skill sharing between employees including yoga, 

Alpha’s existing technology and resilient operational infrastructure 
allowed us to set up our workforce remotely without any major 
obstacles or disruption to client delivery. All Alpha’s employees 
are equipped to work on secure mobile devices and the 
information infrastructure is primarily cloud based. Therefore, 
it was a smooth process for our teams to be transitioned to a 
remote working set-up. 

coding and calligraphy;

•  Setting up of online communities around a topic such as 

pets, coffee and “good news” stories;

•  Productivity tips sharing including desk nomination, 

technology training sessions and Q&As; and

•  Wellbeing surveys and dedicated conversation on how to 

keep mentally and physically well.

Experiences

Franzisca Benze

Consultant, UK

Alpha values its employees, and not just as a whole, but as 
individuals. Regardless of seniority, we are all encouraged 
to share our ideas and actively help shape the company. 
That is what I love about Alpha: the feeling of being a valued 
part of something bigger.

When I joined in November 2018, I quickly found my place 
at Alpha within our wellbeing team, which has allowed me 
to witness first hand how much importance Alpha places on 
the team’s mental and physical wellbeing. I am incredibly 

grateful for the opportunity to support the firm internally, 
whilst setting up and leading initiatives I am passionate 
about, such as our new wellbeing champions initiative.

How deeply the focus on the team’s wellbeing is embedded 
in Alpha’s core values was even more apparent during the 
recent crisis. In the unprecedented times of remote working 
during the COVID-19 crisis, the whole company came together 
in true Alpha style, creating a supportive and motivating 
environment. Wellbeing became a cornerstone of Alpha’s 
remote working strategy and within a few weeks we launched 
myriad initiatives to help the team navigate through these 
difficult times. It is truly exceptional to work for a company 
that in times of extreme uncertainty made me feel safe.

Annual Report 2020Role in Society59

“ The fantastic team and the many 
opportunities to contribute to 
both client and Alpha as a 
business are what make Alpha 
such a great company work for.”

Alpha employee

Annual Report 202060

Community & Corporate 
Social Responsibility

Playing a role within the communities and the environment 
in which we work is very important to the leadership 
team, our employees and the organisation as a whole. 
As such, we ensure that this principle is embedded at 
every level of our governance.

Diversity and Inclusion

Ensuring a diverse, open and inclusive place to work is of huge 
importance to everyone who works at Alpha. We launched a 
dedicated Diversity and Inclusion (“D&I”) programme to fortify 
these values, which is made up of six key streams: Social 
Mobility, Ethnic & Cultural Diversity, Gender Equality, Wellbeing, 
Pride and Disability Confidence. We are very proud to have 
achieved Disability Confident Employer status in the UK.

As part of the D&I strategy, which is reviewed regularly, we 
constantly look to create and encourage collaboration between 
the different streams to ensure an end-to-end framework that 
supports professional success for Alpha’s growing talent 
team. In the year ahead, we will be looking at ways in which 
to develop the global D&I framework further, to increase 
collaboration across all Alpha’s locations, whilst also ensuring 
the teams retain the ability to address regional specific issues.

Through the plans that we make and the activities we undertake, 
we promote a culture that values employment diversity, 
environmental awareness and high corporate standards.

A key part of the role we play within society is our corporate 
social responsibility (“CSR”) strategy: engaging in activities 
that help and have a positive impact on our environment and 
communities. Alpha’s CSR strategy aims to maximise the 
benefits and minimise the downsides of our economic, social 
and environmental impacts.

Alpha’s internal CSR team has worked with Heart of the City, 
a registered charity based in London, to define and implement 
its CSR policy.

Our chosen priorities include: 

•  Minimising our impact on the environment;
•  Promoting a good work/life balance: encouraging 
flexible working patterns, offering a cycle-to-work 
scheme, maternity and paternity leave allowance; 
•  Working with ethical suppliers and local businesses; 
•  Commitment to the delivery of modern human rights; 
•  Ensuring that our employees can participate in 

voluntary charitable and community-based activities: 
partnering with social mobility foundations and 
providing a Charity of the Year programme; 
Identifying pro bono consulting and project work that 
our teams can support on a voluntary basis; and 
•  Providing a framework for charitable fundraising and 

• 

payroll giving.

Annual Report 2020Role in SocietyEthnic and 
Cultural Diversity

Ethnic and Cultural Diversity (“ECD”) is a new D&I stream 
at Alpha that is committed to ensuring success for Alpha 
employees across all ethnic, cultural and religious 
backgrounds, through initiatives and activities that drive 
equality and inclusivity. Since the inception of this new 
stream, there has been a successful Alpha Black History 
Month, which included knowledge sharing, a book 
exchange, quizzes and foods associated with the Black 
British community.

As a new stream, the ECD stream has developed a 
strategy with five central objectives. These objectives 
are: to capture ethnicity data and share progress; 
to reaffirm across the Group our zero tolerance of 
harassment and bullying; to take action that supports 
ethnic minority career progression; to educate on 
cultural and religious onsiderations with regards to 
how we work; and to drive increased knowledge of 
major religious and cultural celebrations.

As we look forward to the year ahead, we are excited to be: 
establishing quarterly celebrations evenings that include 
all members of the Alpha community; understanding 
best practice across the industry in ethnicity data, career 
progression and the workplace; and implementing a 
range of initiatives and educational sessions to better 
support the needs, concerns and interests of minority 
ethnicity and cultural groups at Alpha.

61

Social Mobility

The social mobility team works to create equal 
opportunities and an inclusive environment in which 
people can access, and excel within, the financial 
services and consulting industry based on potential 
and ability, irrespective of background. 

In the UK, we have now been working in partnership with 
the Sutton Trust for two years; a pioneering educational 
charity dedicated to improving social mobility and access 
to the most competitive industries. We have worked on 
several initiatives with them, including participation in 
their residential summer school for students from lower 
socioeconomic groups, inviting several students to Alpha’s 
London office to attend our third annual “consulting 
masterclass”, as well as becoming a member of its 
advisory board this year.

Alpha France has partnered with Proxité since 2018. 
Proxité is a charity providing mentoring, educational 
support and career advice to young people from 
disadvantaged backgrounds. We have continued to 
work with them to provide mentoring to young people 
at university or the start of their careers, and we have 
maintained this engagement through the COVID-19 
pandemic by digital means. 

In the US, over the past two years, the Alpha New York 
office has partnered with Junior Achievement, a non-profit 
organisation focussed on assisting students across all 
grade levels to better prepare themselves for future 
success. Volunteers from Alpha’s New York office 
worked with a public high school where they conducted 
an eight-week course covering business literacy, 
entrepreneurship and overall civic engagement to 
prepare students from disadvantaged backgrounds for 
post-graduate education and employment opportunities. 

Internally, we continue to focus on raising awareness 
through events such as themed company socials and 
“lunch and learn” sessions. The D&I programme also 
collaborates with various internal teams, such as 
recruitment and training, to ensure that Alpha’s practices 
are supportive and under continual assessment and 
improvement through a social mobility lens.

Annual Report 202062

Community & Corporate Social Responsibility continued

Gender Equality

Wellbeing

As an employer, we are committed to providing an open, 
supportive and collaborative environment for all our 
people at all times. We believe that the health and 
wellbeing of our people is a crucial factor in delivering 
consistently strong results to our clients, developing 
and retaining our highly talented team, and meeting the 
challenges of a fast-growing business. With all this in 
mind, wellbeing is a key area of focus for Alpha, with 
several new initiatives progressed during the year:

•  Roll-out of a regular wellbeing pulse survey globally to 
monitor and respond to employee stress throughout 
the year; 

•  Launch of a global wellbeing ambassadors pilot: staff 

champions trained in mental health first aid; and
•  A comprehensive programme of resilience training, 

covering practical self-care and “mind management”.

In light of the recent COVID-19 crisis, we have focussed 
on supporting the mental and physical wellbeing of staff 
while they work in isolation. To provide the best possible 
support during these times of increased uncertainty, we 
have introduced more regular anonymous pulse surveys 
as a general “temperature check” of the global Alpha 
team on the topics of wellbeing, productivity and stress. 
The results are used to drive new initiatives and guide 
our discussions with the team, including an innovative 
activity challenge, regular discussions of health-related 
topics and virtual wellbeing coffee meetings with the 
wellbeing champions.

In the last year, Alpha has continued to formalise its 
commitment to promoting gender equality both inside 
the firm and within our wider industry. 

Regular forums have been established to ensure 
alignment between the Gender Equality (“GE”) committee 
(as well as wider D&I teams) and HR, recruitment and 
senior leadership teams. These collaborations have 
resulted in enhancements to our recruitment process 
and job descriptions to ensure that they are as inclusive 
as possible. 

Throughout the year, the committee has led a range of 
exciting initiatives, including a remote global panel 
featuring a range of diverse and inspirational Alpha 
women for International Women’s Day, roundtables 
discussing men’s health and mental wellbeing 
throughout November for International Men’s day, 
and the launch of regular “coffee catch-ups” to promote 
informal networking of both genders across all levels of 
the firm. In addition to this, the UK GE team hosted a 
movie night focussed on the topic of period poverty to 
raise awareness of gender issues outside of the workplace.

Alpha has also been working to improve the gender 
imbalance in the wider industry through participation in 
events such as the Women in Asset & Wealth Management 
Scotland initiative. We have also recently been included 
as a case study in the published Cambridge Murray 
Edwards workplace inclusion reports, for our initiatives 
on tackling male gender stereotyping. To demonstrate 
Alpha’s learnings from both inside and outside of the 
financial services industry, the UK GE team recently 
published a “Women in Business – Best Practice 
Heatmap” as a toolkit to support the promotion of 
gender equality and non-discrimination against women 
in the workplace.

Annual Report 2020Role in Society63
Annual Report 2020

Disability Confidence

Pride

Pride’s continuing mission is to ensure Alpha is a fair, 
inclusive and empowering place to work for everyone, 
regardless of their sexual orientation or gender identity. 
The past year has seen an explosion of global activity 
and energy in driving forward initiatives on making 
Alpha a wonderful workplace for all and educating 
the entire company on LGBTQ+ issues, both in the 
workplace and society more generally. 

The committee has expanded and welcomed vibrant 
new members across the globe, seeking to further 
increase the representation of multifaceted LGBTQ+ 
identities. Over the last year, Alpha officially marched for 
the first time in the London Pride Parade and celebrated 
with over 70 of our colleagues and their loved ones. 
We have also hosted workshops equipping colleagues 
with knowledge on how they can be effective allies to 
LGBTQ+ people and how they can action that with our 
clients, as well as Q&A sessions diving deep into LGBTQ+ 
history and theory. During LGBTQ+ history month, 
committee members shared coffee-break reads on 
topics interesting and personal to themselves for 
discussion and insight with the global team, and our US 
team have conducted multiple “lunch and learn” sessions 
throughout the year providing company-wide perspectives 
on LGBTQ+ issues such as the “coming out” experience 
and more besides. 

Looking forward, Pride is keen to use the opportunity 
of operating fully virtually to experiment with making 
our celebration, education and advocacy even more 
accessible and impactful both inside Alpha and 
externally, with a key emphasis on fostering a spirit of 
community and solidarity.

At Alpha, we are committed to be a disability-friendly 
organisation, ensuring that our colleagues feel supported 
and empowered; and that our recruitment and HR 
processes operate without discrimination.

Disability confidence is an important topic to Alpha, not 
simply as a global employer but also in acknowledgement 
of the unique role that we play as a partner and trusted 
adviser to our clients. Deeply embedding a disability-
friendly culture throughout our business is therefore of 
utmost importance.

Our D&I Disability Confidence workstream operates 
through four key strands:

•  Disability Confidence accreditation: Alpha is proud to 
have achieved Disability Confidence Level 2 in the 
past year; a UK government accreditation scheme to 
encourage businesses to be disability-friendly in their 
recruitment and HR processes. We aim to achieve 
Level 3 in this coming year;

•  Colleague support: we have a dedicated group of 
disability-confidence champions from across our 
consulting levels and business departments whose 
objectives are to support with awareness-raising 
exercises, colleague queries and also to receive 
specialist training;
•  Recruitment/HR: 

–  This year Alpha has partnered with Employability 

in the UK for our internship programme. 
Employability is a recruitment consultancy 
dedicated to assisting students and graduates 
with all disabilities 

–  There is an ongoing dialogue between the D&I 

workstream and Alpha’s HR team to ensure that 
our organisation is supporting individuals 
appropriately; and 

•  Disability focus: our workstream seeks to focus on one 
disability per year to help channel our organisation 
adaptations and awareness-raising initiatives. This 
year Alpha is focussing on neurodiversity.

64

Community & Corporate Social Responsibility continued

Governance

The Global Management Board oversees the cultural framework 
and is responsible for reviewing operational processes for 
managing social, environmental and ethical risk. All members 
of the Global Management Board, including the Global Chief 
Executive Officer, are committed to this framework and 
ensuring that it is embedded within the business globally. Its 
principal methods for promoting social, environment and ethical 
responsibility are the Employee Handbook, communications 
to staff on the topics of culture and integrity, sponsorship of 
the D&I programme and supporting the wide-ranging interests 
of the global CSR teams. 

The Global Management Board reports to the Board of Directors 
so that the Board can assess the state of corporate culture and 
integrity and ensure that any significant risks to the longer-term 
success of the business arising from such matters are 
adequately addressed. The Board is committed to maintaining 
appropriate standards for all the Group’s business activities 
and ensure that they are set out in written policies, including 
the Employee Handbook and the Modern Slavery Statement. 
The Board believes that the business values of collaboration, 
accountability, proactivity, integrity and responsible conduct 
are consistent with the Group’s vision and fully support its 
ongoing growth. 

Modern Slavery

Alpha is committed to combatting and preventing modern 
slavery, human trafficking and exploitation. We have in place 
procedures and policies throughout our business; supply and 
procurement chains to support this; a statement of which can 
be found on our website at alphafmc.com. These processes are 
reviewed annually.

Experiences

Rory Craven

Director, US

I joined Alpha as part of the Boston office in January 2017 
for three reasons – firstly, the people I met throughout 
the interview process; secondly, the entrepreneurial 
drive, structure and spirit of the US business with the 
support of a well-established business in Europe; and, 
thirdly, the size of the overall business and in particular 
the US, where I was the 17th person to join.

Since my joining, we have established new key clients in 
the market with follow-on work. Most recently, I have been 
helping a “top 5” US asset manager with an acquisition 
that closed in 2019. Our programme of work consisted 
of four workstreams across numerous client sites and 
Alpha offices to support the client’s front office technology 
efforts. We helped bring the company onto similar systems 
and conducted a massive rationalisation effort to help 
identify and recognise required cost savings to support 
the M&A rationale.

In addition to my consulting responsibilities, I have led 
our US infrastructure team to coordinate our vendor 
relationship for office space as well as ensuring the US 
team has what we need to successfully deliver with our 
clients while ensuring all client data is protected. As part 
of the US infrastructure team, we also get involved in 
global initiatives including IT security, hardware 
procurement, selection of our outsourced IT support, 
selection of our conferencing technology and various 
other projects to help move our business forward. More 
recently, as one of seven US directors and executive 
directors, I have oversight of infrastructure and legal 
business management teams.

The US director team has responsibility for the success 
of the US business. It has been quite an experience and 
year to join the US director team with the events 
occurring in the last four months. We had great 
momentum entering the period and as a team, we 
assess, evaluate and execute plans to navigate the 
broader business through these unprecedented times.

Annual Report 2020Role in Society65
Annual Report 2020

Plastic pollution in the ocean is a striking sight – Plastic Oceans UK 
produced the award-winning documentary A Plastic Ocean to open 
our eyes to it and inspire the urgent action needed to address this 
major environmental threat.

Charity of the Year 

Every year, we partner with a charity chosen by our employees 
through our Charity of the Year programme. By focussing on 
a single global charity, we are able to maximise our collective 
impact. We have worked with a range of charities in the past, 
from Afrikids, which helps vulnerable children and their families 
in isolated rural communities in northern Ghana, to the Lucy 
Faithfull Foundation, a UK-based, globally linked child protection 
charity that focusses on the prevention of child sex abuse.

In 2018, we chose SOS Children’s Villages (“SOS”). SOS is a 
global charity that supports orphaned and abandoned children 
in 125 countries by creating safe spaces for them and working 
holistically to support them into adulthood. Over the course of 
the year, we raised over £30,000 (inclusive of gift aid) for SOS, 
which was directed towards a vocational training centre (“VTC”) 
in Monaragala village. The VTC provides training in craftmanship, 
baking, basic wiring and plumbing, IT and office skills to up to 
150 trainees, giving them the chance to escape the cycle of 
poverty. Pro bono work featured once more with a vendor 
review led by the Alpha US team and process optimisation led 
by the Alpha Luxembourg team. 

For 2019, we partnered up with Médecins Sans Frontières 
(“MSF”), an international non-governmental organisation best 
known for its projects in conflict zones and countries affected 
by endemic diseases. We held a number of fundraising 
activities for MSF such as fun runs, pub quizzes, employee 
payroll giving campaign, baby photo competition and sports 
challenges. Furthermore, we hosted and participated in 
“missing maps” events where we mapped parts of the world 
that are vulnerable to natural disasters, conflict and diseases 
epidemics. We also hosted a “lunch and learn” at Alpha for 
which MSF field staff talked about their experiences as nurses 

and doctors participating in MSF’s projects around the world. 
We had a great partnership with MSF and raised close to 
£28,000, which contributed towards their fantastic mission of 
providing impartial and independent medical care where it is 
needed most. 

For 2020, our choice for the charity of the year strongly 
reflects current hot topics around global warming, plastic, 
pollution and the environment in general. We are extremely 
excited to have partnered with Plastic Oceans UK this year, 
and we have already kicked off three pro bono projects, 
hosted a “lunch and learn” and initiated several fundraising 
activities. We look forward to further improving our behaviours 
and knowledge across the company concerning plastic and 
recycling, and we are certain it will be another great year for 
CSR at Alpha.

With a jar full of plastic pieces 
found in a single seabird’s 
stomach, Sir David Attenborough 
emphasises the shocking 
impacts of plastic pollution on 
ocean wildlife – he has been 
calling for urgent action on 
this important problem and 
recommending Plastic Oceans 
UK’s documentary A Plastic 
Ocean as “one of the most 
important films of our time”.

66

Community & Corporate Social Responsibility continued

“ I would like to say a huge 
thank you to everyone 
at Alpha for raising over 
£27,000. Your incredible 
fundraising efforts will 
ensure that we can 
continue providing 
medical care to those 
who need it most”

“As our staff face unprecedented 
challenges around the world, your 
support will ensure that our teams 
can continue providing urgent 
medical aid to people caught up in 
conflicts in South Sudan and Yemen, 
and to those living in refugee camps 
in Greece and Bangladesh. A donation 
of this magnitude will undoubtedly 
save lives. On behalf of our staff and 
patients around the world, thank you 
for your support!”

Community and Corporate Giving Coordinator 
at Médecins Sans Frontières

Annual Report 2020Role in SocietyExperiences

Milena Czaczkowska

Manager, Luxembourg

I was lucky enough to come across Alpha during a 
pivotal moment in my life as I was preparing to move 
from New York to Luxembourg. Before joining Alpha, 
I had been working in consulting and supporting 
systemically important financial institutions in the US.

At the time, I was considering exploring a different 
career path as I was concerned about working for a 
company whose values were not aligned with mine. 
My concerns quickly dissolved when I began to learn 
more about Alpha and I became immediately drawn to 
the entrepreneurial and collaborative spirit of our company. 

I am particularly grateful for the open mindedness of our 
upper management, who consistently support us in 
putting forth and developing new initiatives that benefit 
our company and our clients. Alpha has given me the 
opportunity to translate my passion for sustainable finance 
into a worthy pursuit, allowing me to work closely with 
colleagues from our global offices to build our ESG offering. 
In our Luxembourg office, I was able to launch our D&I 
business management area and lead our CSR programme.

My experience with Alpha thus far has widely exceeded 
my expectations and I look forward to contributing to 
our inevitable growth and success in the coming years.

Experiences

Anthony Dos Santos

Senior Consultant, France

Through the Proxité partnership I mentor A. She is 22, 
is following a Bachelor programme in accounting, control 
and audit, is originally from Mali and has been studying in 
France for three years. Her short-term objectives are to 
get her degree and to find an internship in accounting/
financial controlling.

Mentoring allows her to consolidate academic concepts. 
Furthermore, I am helping her to find an internship by 
proofreading her resume, her cover letter, as well as 
accompany her on various recruitment channels. In the 
long term, A. would like to receive advice on the different 
courses to follow or a master’s degree.

Mentoring allows me to share my theoretical knowledge 
and my professional experience. It is furthermore a new 
personal challenge: helping A. to reach her objectives.

67

Experiences

Sarah Hedges

Consultant, UK

Before I joined Alpha, I wanted to work somewhere 
personal and entrepreneurial as I embarked on my 
graduate career. Upon hearing about Alpha and going 
through the interview process, the culture sounded 
fantastic and just what I was looking for. I have now 
been at Alpha for nearly three years and I have not 
been disappointed.

At Alpha, if you have an idea or a way in which you want to 
contribute to the company, you are empowered to do so. 
This supportive environment, combined with Alpha’s 
unique social culture, has allowed me to put forward and 
see through ideas from my very early days at Alpha. From 
D&I, where I established a charity partnership with the 
Sutton Trust, to contributing within Alpha’s client ESG 
work and the Regulatory Compliance practice, Alpha sees 
to it that no opportunity is closed off to any one of us.

As Alpha grows, whilst retaining the culture and attributes 
that make it so special, I am excited to continue building 
my career and learning from the other talented individuals 
who make up this unique team.

Experiences

Cathrine Hansen 

Consultant, UK

I joined Alpha in 2018 after having worked with asset 
management clients in the fintech space. I joined 
Alpha because I wanted to learn more about the asset 
management industry, and I enjoy the challenging and 
delivery focussed aspects of project work. I was excited 
and very motivated to join the fantastic team and get 
involved with the many opportunities Alpha has to offer. 

I have been involved with charity work from a young 
age. I am very interested in volunteering and pro bono 
work, and at Alpha I got the opportunity to lead our 
Charity of the Year programme. Each year, Alpha 
employees nominate and vote for the charity or 
organisation they would like to partner with for the year. 
I am part of managing this process and establishing 
a good relationship with the charity partner. I am very 
passionate about my role and delighted that Alpha has 
given me the opportunity to manage this part of the 
business. The fantastic team and the many opportunities 
to contribute to both client and Alpha as a business are 
what make Alpha such a great company to work for.

Annual Report 202068

Environment

Minimising our impact on the environment remains one 
of Alpha’s chosen priorities. This year, we have increased 
our focus to ensure that we continue to iterate, improve 
and meet our environmental commitments. Adopting 
environmentally sustainable behaviours is crucial to 
mitigating risk and ensures that our business model 
remains effective and profitable in the long term.

The three key tenets of Alpha’s 
environmental work and focus are:

1.  Raising awareness: increasing awareness within 
Alpha of our current global carbon footprint and 
plastic usage, and changing behaviours to become 
more environmentally aware;

2.  Reducing our footprint: developing and promoting 
guidelines to reduce our carbon footprint, whilst 
ensuring there is limited or no impact on client 
relationships and delivery; and

3.  Carbon offsetting: offsetting our remaining carbon 
footprint with a recognised partner in the UK whilst 
working towards carbon neutrality globally.

Climate Change and 
Alpha’s Carbon Footprint

The Group recognises that having a business model that takes 
climate change into account is important to our employees, 
investors and ensures business sustainability. We continue to 
monitor, improve and act on both our carbon footprint and our 
wider impact on the environment.

We completed an exercise during the year to understand our 
carbon footprint in the UK, as our geography with the largest 
revenue. This year we focussed on our largest three areas of 
carbon emissions:

Area

Travel

Description

Emissions (UK Only, FY 19), CO2 (tonnes)

Domestic and International flights taken by the UK team for work purposes.

382 (86.5% of total)

Technology

Laptops and phones purchased for work purposes.

Energy for operating our offices from non-renewable sources.

Energy

Total

23 (5.1% of total)

37 (8.4% of total)

442

Following this exercise, we initiated a project to become fully 
carbon neutral within the UK through understanding our 
carbon footprint (by calculating our travel, technology and 
energy usage), reducing it where possible, and offsetting the 
remaining footprint. We are applying an assumptions-based 
calculation that draws upon the academic experience of our 
employees on this topic, to provide an internal best estimate 
for our carbon-offsetting assessments.

We have partnered with Trees for Cities, a UK-based charity that 
offsets to a strict protocol that aligns with the core principles of 
and is validated by ISO 14064.2 and ISO 14064.3. Working with 
them, we successfully became certified by Trees for Cities to being 
carbon neutral, based on the calculations above; with 1,178 trees 
being planted this year to offset Alpha UK’s carbon footprint.

Annual Report 2020Role in SocietyExperiences

Lettie Dodds

Manager, UK

I joined Alpha in January 2018 and it was evident from my 
first day onwards that every Alpha employee has a role to 
play in running our business in a way I hadn’t seen elsewhere. 
As a result of assigning business responsibilities upon joining, 
in line with individual’s interests, the company comprises 
many committed individuals who each come together to 
achieve collective goals, whether that be launching a new 
business area for Alpha or indeed considering the impact 
our business has on the wider world around us.

I’ve been involved with Alpha’s CSR team since joining and 
it soon became clear that there was growing demand to 
formalise our environmental efforts, both internally across 
the business as well as throughout our investor community. 
Taking on the responsibility to lead this work has allowed me 
to explore projects that Alpha can undertake to have a direct, 
positive impact across the geographies in which we operate. 
As our first priority, I teamed up with UK colleagues to 
research carbon footprint methodologies, before gathering 
the required data and crunching the numbers to calculate 
Alpha UK’s carbon footprint.

Partnering with our Chief Commercial Officer, we also engaged 
the Global Management Board, who were incredibly supportive 
from the outset. We outlined our plan to educate our 
colleagues, put in place measures to reduce our footprint 

We will continue to iterate and improve on this approach in 
future years, which includes plans to independently verify our 
CO2 emissions calculation as well as working with other 
regions to roll this approach out globally. We are also 
investigating and implementing other initiatives to raise 
awareness and actively participate and help with the climate 
change challenge that the world is facing. We believe that 
these initiatives will further establish Alpha as a risk aware, 
forward-thinking and responsible organisation for our 
investors, employees and other key stakeholders.

69

where possible and partner with an organisation we had 
identified to offset our residual emissions. This was quickly 
approved, with the Global Management Board going one 
step further in requesting that this initiative be rolled out 
across other regions as soon as possible. 

We approached Trees for Cities to become our inaugural 
offset partner, a UK-based not-for-profit organisation whose 
mission is to “breathe life into your neighbourhood”. They 
achieve this purpose by planting CO2-hungry trees in 
urbanised areas, with over 1m trees planted to date! Their 
Partnerships Director talked us through the process and 
informed us that we would need to plant 2.67 trees to 
offset each tonne of residual carbon emitted. We made the 
partnership official in late 2019 and I am very pleased to 
say that Alpha’s first trees are being planted this year.

In our view, it’s simply not enough to financially offset our 
environmental impact in the world. We want to see the 
tangible results of our decision to offset and so plan to get 
directly involved in the planting process ourselves!

Looking ahead, we are already working with our colleagues 
in Europe, Asia and North America to calculate our global 
footprint. I’m looking forward to seeing which additional 
projects our colleagues vote to take on next, as we 
strategise how best to continue educating ourselves and 
further reducing our net environmental impact.

Ensuring an Environmentally 
Friendly Workplace

We continuously review and adjust our policies and procedures 
concerning all offices, with a particular focus on minimising 
our impact on the environment. This includes:

•  Recycling where possible and encouraging paper re-use 

and recycling across all of our offices;

•  Environmentally friendly re-use and recycling processes for 

our technology;

•  Supporting remote working where appropriate and 

ensuring our employees are effectively set up to do so;
•  Reviewing our use of electricity globally and reducing use 

when appropriate; and

•  Continuously reviewing our office space to ensure that we 

are using our space effectively and efficiently.

By order of the Board. 

Euan Fraser
Global Chief Executive Officer
24 June 2020

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance

72  Board of Directors

74  Meet the Director

76  Chairman’s Introduction

78  Corporate Governance Code

80  Corporate Governance Report

88  Nomination Committee Report

90  Audit and Risk Committee Report

94  Remuneration Committee Report

98  Directors’ Report

102 

Independent Auditor’s Report

The power of our people todemonstrate integrity72

Board of Directors

Ken Fry

Euan Fraser 

John Paton

Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Global Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Committee Membership

Committee Membership

Committee Membership

CHAIR  

N

A

R

N

–

Committee 
Membership Key:

Member of the  
Audit and Risk Committee

 Member of the 
Nomination Committee

 Member of the 
Remuneration Committee

A

N

R

Penny Judd

Nick Kent

Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Committee Membership

Committee Membership

CHAIR  

A

N

R

R

CHAIR  

A

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
73

Ken Fry

Euan Fraser

John Paton

Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Ken joined the Alpha Board in 2016, following 
almost 10 years as the Global Chief Operating 
Officer at Aberdeen Asset Management. He was 
appointed the Board’s Non-Executive Chairman 
in February 2018. Ken has nearly 30 years’ 
experience in financial services and has 
considerable experience integrating acquisitions 
within the investment management industry. Ken 
has a strong technology and operations 
background and has undertaken many 
transformational projects during his career. He 
directed the integration of major acquisitions 
while at Aberdeen Asset Management, including 
assets acquired from Deutsche Asset 
Management, Credit Suisse Asset Management 
and Scottish Widows Investment Partners. 

Ken keeps the skills to support and deliver the 
Group’s strategy up to date by maintaining a 
wide network of contacts within the financial 
services industry globally. He regularly attends 
conferences and discussion forums to keep 
abreast of industry issues and meets with a wide 
range of clients, employees, advisors and 
institutional investors. He also advises on M&A 
strategy within the investment management and 
wealth industry.

Global Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Euan has served as Global Chief Executive Officer 
of Alpha since 2013. During this period, the 
business has increased EBITDA ten-fold, and he 
has led the Group through two private equity 
transitions, public flotation on the London Stock 
Exchange’s AIM market in 2017 and the 
acquisition of Axxsys Limited and Obsidian 
Solutions Limited in 2019. Euan was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of Alpha UK, starting in 
April 2011, where he established both Alpha’s 
M&A Integration and Operations & Outsourcing 
practices. He joined Alpha in 2004 and has over 
20 years’ financial services experience, having 
worked at Merrill Lynch and KPMG, where he 
qualified as a chartered accountant. 

John joined Alpha, and the Alpha Board, in 
February 2018. John is a chartered accountant 
with over 25 years’ corporate finance, banking 
and audit experience. He previously worked at 
HSBC where, during his 11 years, he worked in 
both HSBC’s Global Banking & Markets and 
Commercial Banking divisions, with experience 
across debt and equity capital raisings and M&A 
advisory. John started his career at KPMG, 
working across financial services audit and risk 
management. He is a member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of Scotland, graduated 
LLB (Hons) from the University of Aberdeen and 
holds an Executive MBA from the University of 
École Nationale des Ponts & Chaussées, France. 

Euan keeps the skills to support and deliver the 
Group’s strategy up to date through his role as 
Alpha’s Global Chief Executive Officer. In this role, 
Euan has to understand and manage the interests 
of a range of stakeholders, including employees, 
clients, competitors and investors. Euan also 
provides advice on M&A strategy and maintains a 
number of strong relationships within the industry. 

John keeps the necessary skills to support and 
deliver the Group’s strategy up to date principally 
through his role as Alpha’s Chief Financial Officer. 
This role brings deep knowledge of the Group’s 
management, financial and operational activities, 
as well as important corporate and statutory 
responsibilities. John must also maintain a 
detailed view of industry, financial and regulatory 
changes and stays updated through dialogue 
with advisers, regular technical reading, online 
courses and attending relevant events.

Penny Judd

Nick Kent

Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Penny Judd joined the Alpha Board as a 
Non-Executive Director in February 2018, having 
previously held the roles of Managing Director 
and EMEA Head of Compliance at both Nomura 
International plc and UBS AG. Penny has a 
strong public markets and financial services 
background, with over 30 years’ experience in 
compliance, regulation, corporate finance and 
audit. She is also a chartered accountant and is 
currently Non-Executive Chairman of Plus500 Ltd 
and Non-Executive Director and Chair of the 
Audit Committee for both Trufin plc and Team17 
Group plc. 

Penny keeps the skills to support and deliver the 
Group’s strategy up to date through her 
experiences gained on other listed company 
boards, while also maintaining a wide network of 
contacts in financial services and regulation. She 
attends various conferences and events covering 
relevant industry and governance matters and 
meets with a range of advisers and institutional 
investors in AIM and main market companies.

Non-Executive Director

Nick has been a Non-Executive Director of Alpha 
since 2013. Nick has over 30 years’ consulting 
experience, including all aspects of the asset 
management business, with particular emphasis 
around addressing complex operations and IT 
issues. Nick has also worked extensively 
internationally, including in the US, Switzerland 
and the Netherlands. Nick founded Alpha in 
2003, after 14 years at Accenture, where he was 
a senior partner and ran the UK Asset 
Management practice. 

Nick keeps the skills to support and deliver the 
Group’s strategy up to date through an extensive 
network, which he has amassed after more than 
30 years’ consulting to the asset and wealth 
management industry. He continues to meet with 
a wide array of clients, competitors and other 
service providers to the industry. In the past year, 
he has also participated in two events regarding 
remuneration committee best practice.

Annual Report 202074

Meet the Director: 
Ken Fry

How did you get involved with Alpha?

How has investment management 
changed since you started your career?

I first met Alpha back in 2005 as part of one of Aberdeen Asset 
Management’s particularly challenging acquisitions. I was highly 
impressed by the team to the point where it soon became the 
norm for Alpha to be a central part of our integration teams. 
This partnership had a big impact on the success of both 
companies and it’s fair to say we have shared a few career 
threatening opportunities over the years! 

I was invited to join the Board as an independent Non-Executive 
Director when I left Aberdeen in 2016 and I was delighted to 
accept. The Board was reorganised as part of the listing on 
AIM in November 2017 and I was invited to chair the Board. 

There have been some seismic changes in investment 
management during my career, starting with the “Big Bang” 
in the 1980s, which ushered in electronic trading and the era 
of regulation. However, in other respects, remarkably little has 
changed and many processes underpinning the industry remain 
largely unreformed. No surprise, then, that as companies 
expand geographically and take on increasingly sophisticated 
assets and products, complexity increases. This, in turn, 
drives costs and even the most well-resourced companies 
struggle to keep their operating models under control. There 
lies the opportunity and where Alpha comes into its own, by 
providing deep industry knowledge and thought leadership. 

How was the transition from an industry 
operational role to an oversight role?

What advice do you have for future leaders?

You may have come across a management training exercise 
that involves instigating change without having line management 
responsibilities. You quickly discover it requires a different set 
of skills and moving to a non-executive role is much the same. 
Industry experience is important but so are independence, 
objectivity and impartiality. You have to be willing to listen 
and be prepared to speak out when necessary, often bringing 
a different perspective to the table. You are closely involved 
with risk management, formulating strategy and monitoring 
performance against it. In short, it’s the difference between 
running a company and making sure it’s run well. 

Surround yourself with good people and don’t be frightened to 
give your job away. Be a strong advocate of teamwork and be 
ready to change your mind when someone is making more 
sense than you. Choose your battles and learn which emails 
to “save as draft”. Above all, make sure you have the capacity 
to take on the new top priority that wasn’t there when you 
were given the last top priority!

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance75

Annual Report 202076

Chairman’s 
Introduction

The Board is committed to effective corporate 
governance, appropriately aligned with the Group’s 
priorities to manage risk, promote a strong corporate 
culture and deliver a strategy for growth.

An Introduction from the Chairman 

Application of the QCA Code

The Directors of the Board believe that an engaged Board and 
an effective committee structure facilitate the good governance 
of the entire Group and ensure an appropriate framework for 
its continued success and growth. The Board has established 
an Audit and Risk Committee, a Remuneration Committee and 
a Nomination Committee; each with formally delegated duties 
and responsibilities. 

The role of the Chairman is to lead the Board and be responsible 
for its governance, performance and effectiveness. The Chairman 
sets the tone for the Company and ensures that the links 
between the Board and the executive team, as well as between 
the Board and the shareholders, are strong and efficient. 

The Group operates an open and inclusive culture, and this is 
fundamental to the way that the Board conducts itself. The 
Directors believe that this culture, together with a very strong 
emphasis on integrity, business ethics and good corporate 
governance, ensure our ability to execute the strategy, to 
deliver the right outcomes for the Group’s clients, and deliver 
value for our shareholders and other stakeholders. 

In recognising the importance of high standards of corporate 
governance, integrity and business ethics, we continue to apply 
the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code 
(the “QCA Code”). A description of how the Board complies 
with the principles of the QCA code is provided on pp 78-79.

Further information on how the Board applies the 
recommendations of the QCA code, and on the Group’s 
governance structure, is set out in the following corporate 
governance statements of the report. 

The Directors recognise the need to continue to develop our 
governance structure and processes in ways that reflect the 
evolving needs of the Group’s shareholders, employees, clients 
and wider stakeholders, and in order to ensure they support 
the growth and strategic progress of the Group. In doing so, 
we are committed to maintaining our compliance with the 
principles of the QCA code and providing clear disclosures 
relating to the changes and developments that we make.

Ken Fry
Chairman
24 June 2020

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance77

“ The culture at Alpha is what makes 
it unique and a great place to work. 
Everyone is focussed on being a true 
team player both within their project 
team and the wider company.”

Alpha employee

Annual Report 202078

Corporate Governance 
Code

The QCA Code requires the Group to apply the 10 QCA corporate governance principles as set out below and to publish certain 
related disclosures in the Annual Report, on the website, or a combination of the two. The Group has followed the QCA Code’s 
recommendations and has provided disclosure relating to all the principles in a corporate governance statement on the website 
investors.alphafmc.com and, as well, summarises compliance with the principles in this Annual Report: 

Section 1: Deliver Growth

Principle 1: 
Establish a strategy and 
business model that 
promote long-term value 
for shareholders.

Principle 2: 
Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs 
and expectations.

Principle 3: 
Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their 
implications for long-
term success.

The business model is premised upon delivering growth 
through the cross-sell and upsell of its high-quality service 
offering to existing clients; and selling its services to new 
clients. The strategy is to continue to grow in both existing 
and new jurisdictions by developing the service proposition.

Good, consistent engagement with shareholders is given 
a high priority by the Board. The principal methods of 
communication with shareholders are the Annual Report & 
Accounts, the interim and full-year results announcements, 
regular direct executive-level engagement with shareholders, 
the AGM and the Group’s website investors.alphafmc.com.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are also available 
to meet with shareholders, if required, to discuss any items 
of importance.

Links to the following report section

The Group’s business model 
and strategy are described 
in the Strategic Report on 
pp 14-48. 

The Group’s approach to 
shareholder communications is 
described in the Corporate 
Governance report on p. 87.

The Global Chief Executive 
Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer act as the main point of 
contact for shareholders 
(company.secretary@alphafmc.
com).

The Board, supported by the executive team, upholds a 
commitment to operating a socially and ethically responsible 
company. Engagement with stakeholders and wider 
communities ensures alignment of interests and facilitates 
good decision making. 

The Group’s community and 
corporate social responsibility 
disclosure is provided as part of 
the Role in Society report on 
pp 60-67.

The Group’s engagement 
model with clients and wider 
stakeholders is described in the 
Strategic Report on pp 34-36.

Principle 4: 
Embed effective risk 
management considering 
both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation.

The Board has overall responsibility for the determination 
of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. 
The goal of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce 
ongoing risk as far as possible, without unduly affecting the 
Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. 

The Group’s risk management 
framework is described in the 
Strategic Report on pp 40-42, 
and in the Corporate 
Governance report on p. 86.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance79

Section 2: Maintain a Dynamic Framework

Principle 5: 
Maintain the Board as a 
well-functioning, balanced 
team led by the Chair.

The Group believes that the Board’s composition brings a 
desirable range of skills, personal qualities and professional 
credentials. Suitable Board operations; access to advice and 
administrative services; effective induction of new Directors; 
and a regular performance assessment also ensure Board 
effectiveness. 

Principle 6: 
Ensure that between them the 
Directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities.

As an AIM-quoted provider of specialist consultancy 
services to the asset and wealth management industry, 
Alpha’s Board needs to represent a range of skills and 
competencies, including experience in public markets, 
financial services, governance and audit, the consulting 
sector, and business operations. 

Principle 7: 
Evaluate Board performance 
based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement.

The objectives of the Board are to approve the Group’s 
strategy, budgets and key corporate activities, and 
to oversee the Group’s progress towards its goals. 
The Group has a process for evaluating the performance of 
the Board, committees and individual directors in respect 
of those objectives. 

Links to the following report section

The Board’s composition and 
operating framework is 
described in the Corporate 
Governance report on 
pp 80-83.

Biographical details of the 
Directors, including relevant 
experiences and how skill 
sets are kept up to date, are 
provided on pp 72-73 of the 
Corporate Governance 
report.

The Board’s evaluation 
framework is described in the 
Corporate Governance 
report on p. 82.

Principle 8: 
Promote a corporate culture 
that is based on ethical values 
and behaviours.

The Board is conscious of its role in fostering and 
safeguarding a culture of inclusion, responsibility and 
openness. These values are embedded across the 
Group’s leadership and throughout the organisation.

The Group’s culture and values 
are discussed in the Role in 
Society report on pp 52-69. 

Principle 9: 
Maintain governance 
structures and processes that 
are fit for purpose and good 
decision making by the Board.

The Group operates an effective, streamlined governance 
framework. In this framework, the Board supports the 
executive team to develop and execute the Group’s 
strategy, and key decisions are reached through open and 
constructive dialogue. 

A governance chart is provided 
on p. 84 and processes are 
described on pp 82-83 of the 
Corporate Governance 
report.

Section 3: Build Trust

Principle 10: 
Communicate how the 
company is governed and is 
performing by maintaining a 
dialogue with shareholders and 
other relevant stakeholders.

The Group places a strong emphasis on the standards of 
good corporate governance and maintaining an effective 
engagement with its shareholders and key stakeholders. 
In addition to the Annual Report & Accounts, the website is 
updated regularly with information regarding the Group’s 
activities and performance. 

Links to the following report section

The governance of the 
Company, which is led by 
the Board, is described in the 
Corporate Governance 
Report on pp 72-106.

The website investors.
alphafmc.com provides 
the Group’s reports and 
presentations; notices of AGM; 
and results of voting on all 
resolutions in AGMs

Annual Report 202080

Corporate Governance 
Report

Board Composition

The Board currently comprises five Directors: the Non-Executive 
Chairman, two Non-Executive Directors and two Executive 
Directors. As announced on 22 June 2020, Jill May will join the 
Board on 1 July 2020 as an independent Non-Executive Director, 
at which point there will be three independent Non-Executive 
Directors, one of whom is the Chairman. 

As a provider of specialist consultancy and complementary 
services to the asset and wealth management industry, and 
an AIM-quoted company, Alpha requires a range of skills, 
capabilities and competencies to be represented on the Board, 
including experience in public markets, financial services, 
governance and audit, the consulting sector and business 
operations. The Board is confident that its members have the 
appropriate balance of experience, skills, personal qualities and 
capabilities in order to meet this requirement and to deliver the 
strategy of the Group for the benefit of the shareholders over 
the medium to long term. Biographical details for all Directors, 
including a summary of their relevant experiences, are provided 
on pp 72-73 of the Annual Report & Accounts. 

The Board considers an independent Non-Executive Director 
to be free from any relationship that might materially interfere 
with the exercise of independent judgement. After careful 
review, Nick Kent has been recognised as non-independent 
due to his long-standing relationship with the business from 
his previous position as Chief Executive Officer. However, the 
Board judges that there is a suitable balance between 
independence and knowledge of the Company; and that Nick 
is fully able to discharge his duties effectively and responsibly. 
All Directors are encouraged and expected to use their 
independent judgement and to challenge all matters, whether 
strategic or operational.

Gender

Male

Female

Role

Non-Executive Chair

Non-Executive Directors

Executive Directors

4

1

1

2

2

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance81

Roles of the Directors

The Group operates an effective, streamlined governance 
framework. In this framework, the Board supports the executive 
team, represented by the Global Management Board, in 
developing and executing the Group’s strategy. Any decision 
between the Board and the executive team is reached through 
an open and constructive dialogue. 

The Executive Directors of the Board are Euan Fraser, the Global 
Chief Executive Officer, and John Paton, the Chief Financial 
Officer. The Executive Directors have strong knowledge of the 
operations of the Group, the interests of its stakeholders, and 
its market and financial positions. Senior executives below 
Board level attend Board meetings upon request to present 
and discuss business strategy and updates.

The Non-Executive Directors of the Board are Ken Fry, Nick 
Kent and Penny Judd. They were selected with the objectives 
of increasing the breadth of skills and experience of the Board 
and bringing constructive challenge to the Executive Directors. 
The Non-Executive Directors are also responsible for the 
effective running of the Board’s committees and ensuring that 
the committees support and facilitate the strategic priorities of 
the Board.

Penny Judd is the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director 
(“SID”). The principal role of the SID is to act as a sounding board 
for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other 
Directors when necessary. Penny is also available to shareholders 
should they wish to discuss concerns that they feel have not 
been resolved through the normal channels of engagement with 
the Chairman, the Global Chief Executive Officer or Executive 
Directors; or for which such contact is inappropriate.

At the head of the Group, there is a clear delineation of 
responsibilities between the Chairman of the Board and the Global 
Chief Executive Officer. The Non-Executive Chairman leads the 
Board and is responsible for its governance, performance and 
effectiveness. This includes ensuring that the dynamics of the 
Board are functional and productive and that no individual Director 
dominates discussion or decision making. In this role, the 
Chairman sets the tone for the Company and ensures that the 
links between the Board and the executive team, as well as 
between the Board and the shareholders, are strong and effective. 
Meanwhile, the Global Chief Executive Officer is responsible for 
the day-to-day management of the Group’s global operations, 
for proposing the strategic focusses to the Board, and for 
implementing the strategic goals agreed by the Board. 

The Board makes decisions regarding the appointment and 
removal of Directors, and there is a rigorous process for the 
identification and appointment of new Directors that is led by 
the Nomination Committee. Under the Company’s Articles of 
Association, Directors that have been appointed by the Board 
since the last Annual General Meeting are obliged to retire and 
offer themselves for re-election. Furthermore, the remaining 
Directors are obliged to offer themselves for re-election every 
three years. Accordingly, Jill May who will join the Board on 
1 July 2020, will seek election and Euan Fraser, Ken Fry and 
Nick Kent will retire and offer themselves for re-election at the 
2020 AGM.

Diversity

The Board, supported by the Nomination Committee, values 
diversity in its broadest sense and, when considering new 
Director appointments, will, in addition to considering gender, 
age, ethnicity, region and experience, look to maintain within 
the Board the appropriate balance of skills, independence and 
knowledge of the Company, its services and the industry as a 
whole. Further details of the Group’s approach to diversity and 
inclusion can be found on pp 60-63.

Length of 

Tenure

0-1 years

1-3 years

3-5 years

5-10 years

10+ years

0

5

0

0

0

Annual Report 202082

Corporate Governance Report continued

Committees of the Board

In order to fulfil the Group’s objectives and facilitate effective 
decision making, the Board has established the following 
committees, each with delegated responsibilities and duties:

•  An Audit and Risk Committee to monitor the quality of the 

Group’s internal controls and risk management systems, to 
maintain the relationship with the external auditor and to 
ensure that the financial performance of the Group is 
properly measured and reported on; 

•  A Remuneration Committee to review the performance of 
the Executive Directors, the Chairman and the senior 
executive team, and make recommendations to the Board 
on matters relating to their remuneration and terms of 
service; and

•  A Nomination Committee to review regularly the composition 
and succession planning of the Board, and to lead the process 
for Board appointments.

A report on the role, composition and key activities of the 
individual committees is set out on pp 88-97. From time to 
time, separate committees may be set up by the Board to 
consider and address specific issues or objectives, when the 
need arises.

Board Effectiveness

The objectives of the Board are to review, formulate and approve 
the Group’s strategy, budgets and key corporate activities, and 
to oversee the Group’s progress towards its goals. The Group 
has a process for evaluating the performance of the Board, of 
its committees and the Directors individually in respect of these 
objectives. In addition, the Chairman assesses the Board as 
a whole regularly to ensure that it is functioning efficiently 
and productively. 

A formal Board evaluation process was conducted in March 
2019 by way of a detailed questionnaire completed by each 
member of the Board, followed by individual interviews by the 
Chairman. The aim of the evaluation was to obtain actionable 
views on the effectiveness of the Board, its committees and 
key governance areas. The responses were collated, reviewed 
by the Chairman and a summary of the results presented to 
the Board for discussion and agreement on focus areas and 

related actions. These included enhancing the Board calendar 
to have more regular presentations by, and discussions with, 
members of the Global Management Board and others in the 
wider senior management team, holding additional dedicated 
Board sessions to review strategy in the light of business growth 
and recent acquisitions, and considering whether an additional 
independent Non-Executive Director should be appointed. 
The conclusions from this evaluation confirmed that the Board 
continues to function effectively as a unit and in committees 
and that the Directors discharge their duties adequately. 

During the year, each of the areas discussed as part of the 
previous evaluation has been considered and the Board has 
monitored progress regularly. In particular, as explained earlier in 
the Chairman’s Report, the Directors agreed that, as the business 
has continued to grow in scale and complexity, it would be 
beneficial to seek an additional independent Non-Executive 
Director with experience in the financial services sector to enhance 
the skills and experience on the Board and further increase 
Board independence. Further details about the selection 
process and appointment of Jill May as an independent 
Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 July 2020 can be 
found in the Nomination Committee Report on p. 89.

Given the decision to appoint an additional Non-Executive 
Director, the Directors agreed that the Board evaluation process 
for FY 20 would be conducted by way of one-to-one discussions 
between the Chairman and each member of the Board, rather 
than a full Board evaluation process. The Chairman held calls 
with the Directors during March 2020 and the conclusions from 
these conversations confirmed that the Board continues to 
function effectively as a unit and in committees. Some minor 
improvements to Board processes were identified and have 
been actioned.

It is intended that a full Board evaluation will be carried out 
during FY 21. The process will be conducted by the Chairman 
with reference to the competencies set out by the Nomination 
Committee pursuant to each Board role. As part of this process, 
any training and personal development needs will be identified.

The Group believes that the selection, induction and development 
of Directors underpin its ability to perform to its objectives and 
ensure an effective Board. The Nomination Committee oversees 
the identification and selection of Directors that are equipped 
with the correct range of experience, knowledge, integrity and 

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance83

ethics; and makes recommendations for maintaining an 
appropriate balance of skills on the Board. The Nomination 
Committee may also use the results of the evaluation process 
when reviewing the composition of the Board for selecting 
any new Board members, and in succession planning for the 
Directors of the Board as well as key executive team members. 

The Board has an agenda of regular business, financial and 
operational matters for discussion, as well as a review of each 
of the Board committee’s areas of work. The key activities of 
the Board meetings during the year included the following:

Board Operations

The Board is responsible for the Group’s strategy and overall 
management. The operation of the Board is documented in a 
formal schedule of matters reserved for its approval, which 
sets out the Board’s responsibilities. 

The Board is required to meet at least six times a year. During 
the financial year, nine formal Board meetings took place and 
a number of ad hoc calls were held to discuss current issues. 
The Board also held a dedicated strategy session in June 
2019 and more recently in May 2020. The Directors are fully 
encouraged to attend all meetings of the Board, and the 
committees on which they sit, and have agreed to allocate 
sufficient time to the Group as is needed to enable them to 
carry out their responsibilities as Directors. All Board members 
attended all meetings to which they were invited.

The time commitment required of all Non-Executive Directors 
is currently three days per month, while the Executive 
Directors are committed on a full-time basis. The Board is 
satisfied that each of the Directors can dedicate sufficient time 
to the Group’s business and can fulfil the obligations fully. The 
Board and committee schedules are planned in advance of 
the financial year ahead, in order to facilitate attendance and 
ensure that the appropriate discussion time is available. A 
record of the number of meetings of the Board during FY 20, 
and the attendance by each Board member is provided below:

Board member

Eligible to attend

Attendance

Ken Fry (Chairman)

Euan Fraser

Penny Judd

Nick Kent

John Paton

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

•  Discussed and reviewed the progress of strategic priorities;
•  Continued an open dialogue with the investor community;
•  Approved the financial reporting, including interim and 

full-year results;

•  Discussed the Group’s capital structure and 

financial strategy;

•  Reviewed the progress of key client relationships 

and engagements across the Group;

•  Considered financial and non-financial policies, 

including the risk policy; 

•  Reviewed the Group’s risk assessments and risk 

management systems;

•  Discussed the corporate governance requirements 

and processes; 

•  Considered the FY 19 final and the FY 20 interim 

dividends; and

•  Discussed the impact of COVID-19 on business operations, 

trading and short-term changes to remuneration.

An effective  
corporate governance 
framework is key to  
reducing risk, adding  
value to the business and 
bringing long-term benefits 
to the Group’s shareholders.  
It is the Board’s responsibility  
to oversee and optimise 
 that framework.

Annual Report 202084

Corporate Governance Report continued

Board Structure

Alpha Board

Agrees Group strategy

Oversees progress towards strategic goals

Shareholder and stakeholder engagement

Chairman of the Board

Leadership of the Board

Reviews performance of the Board Directors

Ensures corporate governance

E

A

N

R

Global 
Managment Board

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Management of 

business operations

Execution of strategy

Ensures effective systems 

Reviews Board composition 

Agrees Group remuneration policies

of internal control

and balance of skills

Oversees the Group’s 

financial reporting

Appoints the external auditor

Leads the process for 

Board appointments

Ensures appropriate 

succession planning

Ensures operation of 

transparent, simple and 

effective incentive schemes

Considers alignment of reward 

with long-term shareholder value

Global  
Chief  
Executive 
Officer

Chief  
Financial 
Officer

Chief  
Commercial  
Officer

Chief  
Marketing 
Officer

Chief  
Operating 
Officer

Chief 
Executive 
Officer, ADS

Chief  
Executive 
Officer, UK

Chief  
Executive 
Officer, Europe

Chief  
Executive 
Officer, US

Key:

Executive

E

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance85

“ Alpha is special because of the high 
calibre of its people, its organisational 
honesty, the unrelenting focus on 
delivering client value, the commercial 
astuteness of its market proposition 
and, most importantly, the sense of 
kinship and camaraderie.”

Alpha employee

Annual Report 202086

Corporate Governance Report continued

The operational functions of the Group are carried out within 
a practical and effective risk management framework. The 
Global Management Board is responsible for identifying and 
managing risk effectively, across the business. Any material 
operational decisions made by the Global Management Board 
in this respect are reviewed by the Board.

The identified material operational, financial and industry risks 
facing the Group are also reported to the Board. A summary of 
the principal risks and uncertainties, as well as mitigating actions, 
are provided in the “principal risks” section of the Strategic Report. 
The Board formally reviews and documents the principal risks 
to the business at least annually.

Processes to embed risk management throughout the Group, 
and opportunities to introduce further enhancements, continue 
to be reviewed and changes are implemented as appropriate.

The Chairman, aided by the Company Secretary, is responsible 
for ensuring that the Directors receive accurate and timely 
information for the Board meeting. The Company Secretary 
provides minutes of each meeting and every Director is aware 
of the right to have any concerns documented. In addition, the 
Company Secretary ensures that any feedback or suggestions 
for improvement of the Board papers are documented and 
evaluated for amendment or enhancement with respect to 
future meetings of the Board. 

The Directors have direct access to the advice and services of 
Prism Cosec, who were appointed to act as Company Secretary 
for the Group with effect from 1 October 2019. The Board 
members may seek the advice of the Group’s legal advisers, 
external auditors and the Nominated Advisor (“NOMAD”) on 
matters within the Board or the committees’ terms of reference, 
or to provide recommendations on specific corporate or 
governance events. During the year, all of the Group’s advisers 
met with the Board.

Conflicts of Interest

The Company has effective procedures in place to identify, 
monitor and manage any conflicts of interest. At each meeting 
of the Board or its committees, the Directors are required to 
declare any interests in the matters to be discussed and are 
regularly reminded of their duty to notify any actual or potential 
conflicts of interest. The Company’s Articles provide for the 
Board to authorise any actual or potential conflicts of interest 
if deemed appropriate to do so.

Internal Controls and Risk Management

The Board has overall accountability for the systems of internal 
control and risk management. The Audit and Risk Committee 
reviews and assures the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
controls and risk management on the Board’s behalf. 

As part of that duty, the Board determines the Group’s risk 
management objectives and policies. In this respect, the 
objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce 
ongoing risk as far as possible, without unduly affecting the 
Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. The Board believes 
that this approach serves the interests of creating sustainable 
shareholder value while also protecting the Group’s corporate 
culture and other stakeholder interests.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance87

Engagement Calendar FY 20

March−April 
2019

April 
2019

September 
2019

October 
2019

November 
2019

March–May 
2020

Pre-close 
investor meetings

Pre-close 
trading update

Annual General 
Meeting

Pre-close trading 
update

Interim results 
roadshow, UK

UK & European 
investor conference calls

June 
2019

September 
2019

October 
2019

Preliminary results 
roadshow, UK 
& Europe

Private client broker 
and shareholder 
meetings, UK

Pre-close 
investor meetings

February 
2020

US investor 
meetings

Shareholder Communications

The Board places an emphasis on maintaining an effective 
dialogue with its shareholders, which it considers to be 
integral to long-term growth and success. It is committed to 
communicating consistently and openly with shareholders. 

The principal methods of communication are the Annual 
Report & Accounts, the interim and full-year results 
announcements, the AGM and the Group’s investor website 
investors.alphafmc.com. 

The website is updated regularly with information regarding 
the Group’s governance, activities and performance, including 
both statutory and non-statutory regulatory news 
announcements, which are issued throughout the year to 
update on financial, operational and other matters. 

The Global Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
meet with the representatives of the Group’s institutional investors 
as well as analysts to ensure that the Group’s corporate 
objectives, strategies and operational developments are clear 
and understood. This includes investor roadshows, attending 
investor conferences and ad-hoc meetings that are part of the 
building of relationships with existing and future shareholders. 
Investor relations activity and a review of the shareholder 
register are quarterly items on the Board’s agenda.

Understanding what analysts and investors think about the 
Group is an equally important component of these interactions. 
The Board as a whole is kept informed of their feedback and views 
by the Global Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 
This includes feedback provided by the Group’s corporate 
broker, Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co., following investor 
meetings. The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are also 
available to meet with shareholders, if required, to discuss any 
items of importance. 

The Company’s third AGM since its AIM admission is scheduled 
to take place on 23 September 2020. In normal circumstances, 
all shareholders are encouraged to attend the AGM. However, 
in the light of the measures around social distancing that 
have been applied in the UK in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic, the Board intends to hold the AGM as a closed 
meeting and shareholders will, therefore, not be permitted to 
attend the meeting.

Further details of the arrangements for the meeting and voting 
procedures are set out in the Notice of the 2020 Annual General 
Meeting. Voting results will be announced through the Regulatory 
News Service and made available on the Company’s website. 

By order of the Board.

Ken Fry
Chairman
24 June 2020

Annual Report 202088

Nomination Committee 
Report

The Nomination Committee leads the process for Board 
appointments and making recommendations to the 
Board about its composition and succession planning.

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Nomination 
Committee’s report for the year ended 31 March 2020.

Committee Governance

Last year, the Board undertook to consider the appointment 
of an additional Non-Executive Director. Following a review of 
the composition of the Board, it was agreed that it would be 
beneficial to seek an additional Non-Executive Director with 
experience in the financial services sector to enhance the 
skills and experience on the Board and further increase Board 
independence, in line with best practice. The Committee has now 
completed a search and selection process, which is explained 
in more detail in this report. I am very pleased to welcome 
Jill May to the Board; she will join us as an independent 
Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 July 2020

The Committee is chaired by the Chairman of the Board, Ken Fry; 
its other members are Penny Judd and Euan Fraser. Jill May 
will join the Committee on her appointment on 1 July 2020. 

In the event that the matter under discussion is the Chair’s 
succession, the Committee will be chaired by an independent 
Non-Executive Director. 

The Nomination Committee meets as and when necessary, 
but at least twice a year. The Nomination Committee met three 
times during FY 20.

Key Responsibilities

Committee Attendance

Committee member

Ken Fry (Chair)

Euan Fraser

Penny Judd

Eligible to attend

Attendance

3

3

3

3

3

3

The purpose of the Nomination Committee is to keep under 
review the structure, size and composition of the Board, as 
well as succession planning for the Directors. It leads the 
process for identifying and nominating, for approval by the 
Board, candidates to fill Board and committee vacancies. 

In accordance with its terms of reference, the Committee 
develops and maintains a rigorous and transparent approach 
for recommending appointments and reappointments to the 
Board. Its primary responsibilities in this area include: 

•  Regularly reviewing the structure, size and composition of 
the Board to ensure that it has an appropriate balance of 
skills, independence, knowledge, experience and diversity;
•  Considering succession planning for the Board Directors and 
senior executives, taking into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Company and wider Group, along 
with skills and expertise that may be required in the future;

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance89

Diversity

In executing its duties, the Nomination Committee objectively 
considers candidates on merit and with due regard for the 
benefits of diversity, including gender diversity, on the Board. 

Alpha is an equal opportunities employer and the Group’s policy 
is to ensure that all employees, or those seeking employment, 
are treated fairly. This policy applies at Board level and across 
the Group widely. All decisions relating to recruitment, selection 
and promotion are made objectively regardless of race, ethnicity, 
nationality, gender, sexual orientation, religious belief, political 
opinion, age or disability. The Nomination Committee receives 
updates on the Group’s D&I programme, which is described in 
the Role in Society report.

Ken Fry
Chair of the Nomination Committee
24 June 2020

• 

Identifying and nominating for approval by the Board 
candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise;

•  Ensuring the necessary due diligence and conflicts of 
interest checks have been undertaken before an 
appointment is made; 

•  Monitoring whether satisfactory induction is provided to 
new Directors regarding their knowledge of the Group, 
and their Board and committee responsibilities; and 

•  Reviewing the results of the Board evaluation process and 
ensuring that the conclusions are captured and actioned 
where necessary.

Activities during the Year

One of the Committee’s key roles is to review the composition of 
the Board. During the year, the Committee undertook a search 
and selection process for an additional Non-Executive Director. 
The Committee agreed the selection criteria to identify potential 
candidates and consulted with its advisers and networks to 
obtain recommendations for suitable candidates. A number 
of candidates were considered against the agreed selection 
criteria, and the Chairman and other members of the Board met 
with four candidates. After careful consideration, the Committee 
recommended the appointment of Jill May and the Board 
agreed that she be appointed with effect from 1 July 2020.

Another key role of the Committee is to ensure that the Group 
has appropriate succession planning in place. During the year, 
contingency and succession plans for the members of the 
Board, particularly the Executive Director roles, continued to 
be an area of focus. The Committee also carried out a review 
of the management structure of the Group’s business to 
accommodate further growth and scale.

As part of the Board’s commitment to maintaining a strong 
corporate governance framework, the Committee reviews the 
approach to, and results of, the Board’s performance evaluation 
process. Given the planned addition to the Board, it was agreed 
that the evaluation process for FY 20 would be conducted by 
way of one-to-one discussions between the Chairman and 
each member of the Board, rather than a full Board evaluation 
process. The Chairman held calls with Directors during March 
2020 and fed back the output from these discussions to the 
Committee. The Committee continues to believe that the 
Board, its sub-committees and the Directors individually 
operate an optimal structure to secure future growth, while 
protecting the Group’s unique culture.

Annual Report 202090

Audit and Risk 
Committee Report

The Audit and Risk Committee provides oversight of the 
Group’s financial statements and performance reporting, 
and of the Group’s systems of internal financial control 
and risk management.

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Audit and 
Risk Committee’s report for the year ended 31 March 2020.

Committee Attendance

In February 2020, it was agreed that, as the Committee takes an 
active role in monitoring and reviewing the Group’s integrated 
risk management framework, it was appropriate to change the 
name of the Committee to the Audit and Risk Committee with 
effect from 1 April 2020.

The purpose of the Audit and Risk Committee is to oversee the 
Group’s internal financial controls and risk management systems; 
to recommend the interim and full-year financial results to the 
Board; and to monitor the integrity of all formal reports and 
announcements relating to the Company’s financial performance. 
In addition, the Committee is responsible for appointing the 
external auditor of the Group, maintaining that relationship and 
reporting the findings and recommendations of the external 
auditor to the Board.

Committee member

Penny Judd (Chair)

Nick Kent

Ken Fry

Eligible to attend

Attendance

3

3

3

3

3

3

Committee Governance

The Audit and Risk Committee is chaired by Penny Judd and 
comprises solely Non-Executive Directors. Its other members 
are Nick Kent and Ken Fry. Jill May will join the Committee on 
her appointment on 1 July 2020. 

The Audit and Risk Committee meets as and when necessary, 
but at least three times a year. The Committee met three times 
during FY 20. 

The Committee has unrestricted access to the Group’s auditor, 
KPMG LLP, and the lead audit partner and members of that 
team are invited to attend meetings of the Committee 
regularly. At least once a year, and twice in FY 20, the 
Committee meets with the auditor without the presence of any 
Executive Director in order to discuss independently the 
auditor’s remit and any other issues arising from the audit. 

The Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Executive Officer 
attend meetings at the request of the Committee Chair to 
facilitate discussion of the financial statements and systems of 
financial control and risk management. Both Directors joined 
part of each meeting held in FY 20.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance91

Key Responsibilities

Activities during the Year

The Committee’s key responsibilities are set out in its terms of 
reference and include the following:

•  Monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements, 

including the annual and interim reports, and other 
significant announcements relating to financial 
performance, and reviewing any significant reporting issues 
and judgements;

•  Advising on the clarity of disclosure and information 

contained in the financial reports;

•  Ensuring compliance with relevant accounting standards 

and reviewing the consistency of the methodology applied;
•  Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the systems 

of internal control and risk management;

•  Overseeing the relationship with the external auditor, 

reviewing performance and advising the Board members 
on the auditor’s appointment and remuneration; 

•  Reviewing and discussing the findings of the audit with the 

external auditor.

During FY 20, the Committee reviewed and approved the 
Group’s interim and preliminary results including consideration 
of the significant accounting issues relating to the financial 
statements and the going concern review. The Committee also 
reviewed the year-end audit plan and considered the scope of 
the audit as well as the external auditor’s fees.

In its responsibility to assure the Group’s financial control and 
risk management environment, the Committee continued its 
focus on risk and financial controls. During the year, the Group 
undertook a full review of its financial controls, which the 
Committee discussed and approved. This review concluded that 
the Group’s internal controls are operating adequately and 
identified some refinements to systems and processes to improve 
further the financial control environment. A plan has been put 
in place to implement these refinements and to enhance team 
operations, which the Committee will monitor and oversee. 

On behalf of the Board, the Committee oversees the Group’s 
risk processes and risk reporting across all business units. 
Alongside the audit process, there is an ongoing focus to identify 
and manage the risks faced by the Group. The principal risks 
to the Group, along with the identified mitigating actions, are 
set out in the “principal risks” section of the Strategic Report.

The Committee reviewed and approved its terms of reference 
during the year.

Annual Report 202092

Audit and Risk Committee Report continued

The Board is satisfied that the external auditor remains 
independent in the discharge of its audit responsibilities. 
The Committee also reviews the external auditor’s management 
letter and detailed presentations are made to the Committee 
by the auditor at least twice a year. There is an active ongoing 
discussion between the Committee and the auditor on any 
recommendations to improve the efficiency of the audit process. 

Having reviewed the auditor’s independence and performance, 
the Committee has recommended to the Board that a resolution 
to reappoint KPMG LLP as the Company’s auditor be proposed 
at the forthcoming AGM.

Audit Process

The external auditor prepares an audit plan for its review of the 
full-year financial statements, and the audit plan is reviewed 
and agreed in advance by the Committee. Before the approval 
of the financial statements, the external auditor presents its 
findings to the Committee, highlighting areas of significant 
financial judgement for discussion.

During the year, the Company received a review letter from the 
Corporate Reporting Review Team (“CRRT”) of the Financial 
Reporting Council (“FRC”) in relation to its regular review and 
assessment of the quality of corporate reporting in the UK. 
The Committee worked with the senior management team in 
responding to the CRRT’s questions, and all matters have 
been satisfactorily resolved. The key change in the FY 20 
accounts is to present rechargeable expenses to clients within 
revenue. As these expenses are recharged at nil margin, the 
adjustment has no impact on the Group’s profits or net asset 
position in both the current and prior years. Further detail is 
provided in note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements. Several other disclosure enhancements have 
been adopted in this year’s Annual Report to provide further 
clarity and to address questions and comments raised by the 
CRRT. The CRRT subsequently confirmed that it had closed 
its enquiries. The CRRT noted its review was solely based on 
a review of Alpha’s FY 19 Accounts and cannot be relied upon 
as an assurance or verification.

External Auditor

The Committee considers the appointment of, and the fees 
payable to KPMG LLP. Fees for non-audit services of £10,000 
were paid in respect of KPMG LLP’s review of the FY 20 interim 
results; KPMG LLP did not provide any other non-audit services 
during the year. An analysis of the remuneration to the external 
auditor in respect of audit and non-audit services during the 
year is set out in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. 

The Committee takes into account a number of areas when 
reviewing the external auditor appointment, including the 
auditor’s performance in discharging the audit, the scope of the 
audit and terms of engagement, independence and objectiveness. 

KPMG LLP was first appointed as the Group’s external auditor 
in 2015. Mark Flanagan was appointed lead audit partner for 
the 2015 audit and, in line with the policy on lead partner rotation, 
was rotated off and replaced by Craig Parkin following completion 
of the FY 19 audit.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance93

Significant Areas of Judgement and Estimation Considered in Relation 
to the Financial Statements

The Directors have made one judgement and several estimations, in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies 
that are considered to have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements for the period ending 
31 March 2020. Significant areas of estimation are identified by the finance team and the external audit process and then 
reviewed by the Committee. These judgements and estimates are set out below:

Significant Issue/Accounting Judgement Identified

How It Was Addressed

Share-based payments
Significant estimates are required by IFRS 2 associated with 
share-based payments expense including the assessment of 
the fair value of share options at the date of grant and the 
probability that share options will vest in the future. 

Acquisition accounting
The Axxsys and Obsidian acquisitions contain estimation 
uncertainty, associated with acquired intangible assets and the 
fair value of contingent consideration, which are linked to the 
future performance of those businesses. The contingent and 
non-contingent considerations related to the acquisitions are 
also part linked to the ongoing employment of certain of the 
management vendors, which has been assumed. 

Coronavirus (COVID-19)
The management team has considered the potential impacts 
that relate to the COVID-19 pandemic and considered their 
effects on the financial statements. The unprecedented 
nature of COVID-19 increases the potential uncertainty in the 
wider economic outlook. 

The fair value of share options assumed at each date of 
grant was reviewed externally by professional advisers.

The probability that share options will vest is assessed at 
every reporting date for historic attrition, time to vest and 
known performance. These assumptions have been 
reviewed internally and discussed with the Committee.

The valuation of acquired identifiable intangible assets 
was formally reviewed and assessed externally by 
professional advisers.

The fair value of contingent earn-out consideration is based on 
management’s best estimate of potential future cash flows. 
These assumptions have been discussed with the Committee.

Reasonable assumptions have been made when assessing 
going concern, impairment of non-financial assets and 
expected credit losses on financial assets and acquisition 
earn-outs. Estimates have been made to reflect the possible 
length and extent of social distancing restrictions, the 
resulting general business environment and its potential 
impact on Group trading. These assumptions have been 
discussed internally.

Internal Audit

The Committee has considered the need for an internal audit 
function during the year and continues to be of the view that, 
given the size and nature of the Group’s operations and finance 
team, there is no current requirement to establish a separate 
internal audit function.

Penny Judd
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
24 June 2020

Annual Report 202094

Remuneration 
Committee Report

The Remuneration Committee makes recommendations 
on matters relating to performance, remuneration and 
terms of service for the Board and senior management 
of the Group.

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
Committee’s report for the year ended 31 March 2020.

Key Responsibilities

Committee Attendance

The Remuneration Committee formulates and recommends 
to the Board the remuneration policies for Executive Directors, 
the Chairman of the Board and senior management of the 
Group. The objective of these policies is to:

Committee member

Nick Kent (Chair)

Ken Fry

Penny Judd

Eligible to attend

Attendance

4

4

4

4

4

4

•  Attract, retain and motivate employees of the quality 

required to run the Group successfully; 

•  Promote the long-term success of the Group; and 
•  Ensure that the performance-related elements of 

Committee Governance

The Committee is chaired by Nick Kent and comprises solely 
Non-Executive Directors. Its other members are Ken Fry and 
Penny Judd. Jill May will join the Committee on her appointment 
on 1 July 2020.

The Remuneration Committee meets as and when necessary, 
but at least twice a year. The Remuneration Committee met four 
times during FY 20. 

remuneration form a significant, yet appropriate proportion 
of the total remuneration package and are transparent, 
stretching and rigorously applied.

The Committee is also responsible for reviewing all 
performance-related pay and share incentive schemes in use 
by the Group. The purpose of these reviews is to ensure:

•  The appropriateness of the targets and level of rewards 

set; and

•  That the dilution of equity arising from such schemes does 
not exceed the plans defined at the point of the Group’s 
admission to AIM.

Note 21 sets out further details of the share-based payment 
schemes of the Group.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance95

Activities during the Year

During the course of the year, the main activities of the 
Committee were:

•  Reviewing the performance of the Executive Directors, 

Chairman and senior management of the Group, taking into 
account the achievement of FY 20 performance targets and 
associated share awards, as well as the FY 21 performance 
targets, potential share awards and salary increases;

•  Assessing the effectiveness and application of the 

remuneration policy in light of the overall performance of 
the business in FY 20 and future growth plans; 

•  Reviewing the QCA Remuneration Committee Guide for 
Small and Mid-Sized Quoted Companies, together with 
other regulations’ guidelines, to ensure that the Company 
provides clear and transparent remuneration information to 
shareholders, and continues to adopt good corporate 
governance practice; and

•  Reviewing and approving short-term remuneration changes 

in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Remuneration Policy

The key elements of remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior management of the Group are:

Key Remuneration Elements Summary

Base Salary

Base salary is reviewed annually and takes account of the responsibilities, experience and 
performance of the individual.

Pensions and Benefits

Contribution to a defined contribution pension scheme, maternity/paternity pay and other 
ancillary benefits.

Share Incentives

As part of its AIM admission, the Group put in place a management incentive plan under 
which selected individuals are awarded share options at nil or nominal value, but with 
performance criteria that align their interests with those of shareholders. The performance 
criteria are described below.

The Committee considers that the remuneration policy put in place at the time of AIM admission, together with the targets and 
awards as updated each year, has been appropriate and successful in achieving its objectives, while also acting as an effective 
retention mechanism. The Committee currently intends to apply the policy going forward, modifying it over time to reflect the 
needs of the Group as it develops. 

Performance Criteria 

The normal criteria for the award of share incentives to the 
Executive Directors and senior management of the Group are 
four-fold, depending on the individual and their role:

•  The Group achieving adjusted EPS growth of 15% or more 
to trigger a maximum award, or 10% to trigger a 66% award, 
with a linear application of awards between these levels
•  The Group achieving a total shareholder return (“TSR”) over 
three years in excess of the mean TSR delivered by a peer 
group of comparable companies

•  Personal adherence to corporate values and risk policy
•  Specific business unit EBITDA, or other personal targets 

and goals.

the Group’s senior management to drive the business forward 
and deliver the planned growth over the long term. The 
Committee considers that the performance criteria selected 
relate closely to the Group’s key performance indicators.

Performance for the Year

The performance of the Group since AIM admission, and 
over the course of FY 20, as described in the Chairman’s, 
the Global Chief Executive Officer’s and the Chief Financial 
Officer’s reports on pp 4-6, 7-11 and 110-14 respectively, has 
been pleasing. The Group has met or exceeded both Company 
projections and market expectations; in particular, exceeding 
the 15% adjusted EPS growth target.

The Committee believes that the substantial equity awards 
available under the management incentive plan, up to a maximum 
of 10% dilution of the issued share capital over three years, 
are an important element of remuneration and motivate 

Consequently, the Executive Directors’ and the majority of the 
senior management’s bonus and share incentive performance 
criteria have been met for FY 20. 

Annual Report 202096

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Changes to Remuneration in Response 
to COVID-19

After the year end, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
from 1 April 2020 all the Executive and Non-Executive Board 
Directors, along with the senior leadership team of the Group, 
volunteered to take a temporary 40 per cent reduction in 
salary and fees for six months. Additionally, all the Group’s 
employees at director level agreed to take a temporary 20 per 
cent reduction in salary for the same six-month period. The 
Committee will keep this under review.

therefore authorised the issue of the normal quantum of share 
options but with more flexible performance criteria allowing 
management to respond to the impact of COVID-19 as it evolves. 
The Committee believes that this is in the long-term interests 
of the Company and its shareholders.

The Committee will continue to monitor the impact of COVID-19 
and consider further remuneration changes as required.

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees

The Committee has also taken advice on and considered 
carefully the performance criteria that should be applied to 
the option awards granted in respect of FY 21 performance. 
The Committee believes that, in this exceptional and uncertain 
period, it is imperative to ensure that the senior management of 
the group is highly motivated and focussed on the long-term 
success and growth of the business. The Committee has 

The Chairman of the Board and the two Non-Executive 
Directors receive an annual fee for their services, which is 
reflective of their level of experience, knowledge, responsibility 
and expected time commitment. 

The fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors are reviewed 
and benchmarked annually.

Summary of Directors’ Remuneration

The table has been audited and below represents the Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 March 2020 and 31 March 2019:

Euan Fraser

John Paton

Ken Fry

Penny Judd

Nick Kent

Total

Euan Fraser

John Paton

Ken Fry

Penny Judd

Nick Kent

Total

Salary
£’000s

Bonus
£’000s

Benefits
£’000s

Pension
£’000s

FY 20
£’000s

566

240

65

50

50

971

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

17

6

–

–

2

25

583

246

65

50

52

996

Salary
£’000s

Bonus
£’000s

Benefits
£’000s

Pension
£’000s

FY 19
£’000s

530

195

65

50

50

890

–

50

–

–

–

50

–

–

–

–

–

–

5

2

–

–

1

8

535

247

65

50

51

948

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance97

Equity Interests and Awards of Equity

The following table sets out the Directors’ share interests and awards during FY 20:

Euan Fraser

John Paton 

Ken Fry

Penny Judd

Nick Kent

Total

Number of 0.075p
Ordinary Shares Held

Number of Un-vested
Share Options Held

Number of Share Options
Awarded in FY 20

Share Price of
FY 20 Grant

1,356,081

37,639

184,070

–

995,520

2,573,310

536,343

142,238

–

–

–

286,343

88,105

–

–

–

678,581

374,448

2.27

2.27

–

–

–

No share awards made to Directors have vested or were exercised during the current or prior years.

Directors’ Service Agreements

Policy for the Remuneration of Employees

The Executive Directors entered into service agreements with 
the Company on the following dates:

Director

Date of
Service Agreement

Term Notice period

Euan Fraser

5 October 2017

Indefinite

6 months

John Paton

28 February 2018

Indefinite

6 months

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service agreements; 
however, their letters of appointment provide that their tenure 
of office has an initial period of three years, and will continue 
until terminated by the Non-Executive Director or the Company 
on giving to the other three months’ prior written notice. Each 
Non-Executive Director is typically expected to serve for two 
three-year terms, but may be invited by the Board to service 
for an additional period.

Director

Ken Fry

Date of Office

Initial Period Notice period

5 October 2017

3 years

3 months

Penny Judd

28 February 2018

3 years

3 months

Nick Kent

5 October 2017

3 years

3 months

The Board recognises the vital importance of attracting and 
retaining the highest calibre of consultants, and strongly supports 
the management’s remuneration policy for employees. Below 
the senior leadership team, all employees receive a fixed salary 
that is competitive with the market; a profit share scheme that 
is a team-based cash bonus based upon achieving financial 
targets; and a progressive benefits package. The Board believes 
that this structure provides a compelling remuneration package 
that reinforces teamwork, aligns the employees with the Group’s 
objectives and helps to promote a feeling of ownership among 
all employees.

Note 21 sets out further details of the employee incentive plan.

Nick Kent
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
24 June 2020

Annual Report 202098

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Annual Report and the 
audited consolidated financial statements of Alpha 
Financial Markets Consulting plc (the “Company”, 
the “Group”), for the year ended 31 March 2020. 

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc is incorporated in 
England and Wales with registered number 09965297. The 
Company’s registered office is 60 Gresham Street, London, 
EC2V 7BB. The Company is a public limited company and is 
listed on the AIM of the London Stock Exchange.

The Directors believe that the requisite components of this 
report are set out elsewhere in the Annual Report and/or on 
the Company’s website, investors.alphafmc.com. The table 
sets out where the necessary disclosures can be found.

Principal Activities

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc is the holding company for a global group of companies, 
the principal activity of which is the provision of consulting and related services to clients in 
the asset and wealth management industry.

Results

A review of the performance and future development of the Group’s business is contained in 
the Chairman’s, the Global Chief Executive Officer’s and the Chief Financial Officer’s 
Reports on pp 4-6, 7-11 and 110-14 respectively.

The financial results for the year ended 31 March 2020 are set out in the Chief Financial Officer’s 
Report on pp 110-14, in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on p. 115 
and further commented upon in the Global Chief Executive Officer’s Report on pp 7-11.

The Directors consider the current state of affairs of the Group to be satisfactory.

Dividends

Information regarding dividend payments can be found in the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements on p. 140.

Articles of Association

Any amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association may be made by special resolution 
of the shareholders. A copy of the full Articles of Association is available upon written 
request from the Company Secretary. 

Directors

Directors that have served during the year and summaries of the current Directors’ key skills 
and experience are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on pp 72-73. 

Directors’ Interests

Directors’ Liability 
Insurance

Qualifying Third-
Party Indemnities

Details of the Directors’ beneficial interests are set out in the Remuneration Report on pp 96-97.

The Group purchases and maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of 
its Directors, which was in place throughout the year and remains in place at the date of this report. 

The Company may indemnify a Director against all losses and liability that they may sustain in 
the execution of the duties of their office, except to the extent that such an indemnity is not 
permitted by sections 232 or 234 of the Companies Act. Subject to section 205(2) to (4) of the 
Companies Act, the Company may provide a Director with funds to meet his expenditure in 
defending any civil or criminal proceedings brought or threatened against him or her in relation 
to the Company. The Company may also provide a Director with funds to meet expenditure 
incurred in connection with proceedings brought by a regulatory authority.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance99

Political Donations 

The Company made no political donations during the year to 31 March 2020.

Greenhouse Gas 
Emissions 

Stakeholder 
Engagement and 
Key Decisions

Share Capital

Details regarding greenhouse gas emissions can be found in the “environment” section of 
the Role in Society report on pp 68-69.

Details of the key decisions and discussions of the Board during the year and the main 
stakeholder inputs into those decisions are set out in the Section 172 statement of the 
Strategic Report on p. 37.

Details of the issued share capital, together with movements in the Company’s issued share 
capital during the year, are shown in the consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has only one class of ordinary share, which carries no right to fixed income 
and each ordinary share is entitled to one vote at general meetings of the Company. 

Major Interests 
in Shares

In accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules, 
following the above, the Company has 103,607,638 Ordinary Shares in issue, of which none 
are held in treasury. The total number of voting rights in the Company is 100,938,209.

As at 31 March 2020, the Company had been notified, in accordance with chapter five of the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules, or was otherwise aware, of the following significant 
interests in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Name of person(s)  
subject of notification

Janus Henderson Investors

Fidelity International

M&G Investment Management

Allianz Global Investors 

Aberdeen Standard Investments

Nordea Asset Management 

Danske Capital

Legal & General Investment Management

Jupiter Asset Management

Gresham House Asset Management

Schroder Investment Management

Percentage of voting rights 
and issued share capital

7.70

7.31

6.98

6.70

5.19

4.89

3.73

3.66

3.47

3.39

3.22

Financial Risk 
Management

Going Concern

Disclosure of 
Information  
to Auditor

The Group has established internal control and risk management structures in relation to the 
process for preparing the consolidated financial statements. The key features of this 
framework are described in the Strategic Report and in notes 22 and 23 of the notes to the 
consolidated financial statements.

The Directors have considered the going concern status of the Company and are satisfied 
that the Company remains a going concern. Details of the going concern basis are set out in 
note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Further commentary can be found 
in the Chief Financial Officer’s Report on p. 114. 

In the case of each of the persons who are Directors of the Company at the date when this 
report was approved:
•  So far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no information relevant to the audit of 

which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  Each of the Directors have taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a 
Director to make him or herself aware of any information relevant to the audit and to 
establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information. 

Annual Report 2020100

Directors’ Report continued

Auditor

Post Balance 
Sheet Events

The auditor, KPMG LLP, has indicated its willingness to continue in office and a resolution 
seeking to reappoint KPMG LLP as the Group’s auditor will be proposed at the AGM.

Post balance sheet events are disclosed in note 25 on p. 156 and include the renewal of the 
Group’s bank facilities. The reports of the Global Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer also update as to trading after the balance sheet date. 

Annual General Meeting

Details of the forthcoming AGM can be found on p. 87 of the Corporate Governance Report.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
and the Group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and 
parent company financial statements for each financial year. 
As necessitated by AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange, 
they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements on the same basis. 

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and 
of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the 
Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors 
are required to: 

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently; 

•  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable; 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the parent company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and 
detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report and a Report of the 
Directors that comply with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors’ Report was approved by the Board of Directors 
on 24 June 2020. 

•  State whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

By order of the Board.

IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•  Assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and 

•  Use the going concern basis of accounting unless they 

either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so. 

John Paton
Chief Financial Officer
24 June 2020

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance101

“ Alpha has offered me a challenging 
and invigorating start to my career 
and a working environment that 
champions support, fun and 
achievement. I’m excited to be a 
part of the company’s forward 
trajectory from here.”

Alpha employee

Annual Report 2020102

Independent Auditor’s 
Report

1. Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Alpha Financial 
Markets Consulting plc (the “Company”) for the year ended 
31 March 2020, which comprise the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of financial 
position, consolidated statement of cash flows, consolidated 
statement of changes in equity, Company statement of financial 
position, Company statement of cash flows, Company 
statement of changes in equity, and the related notes, 
including the accounting policies in note 1.

In our opinion: 

•  The financial statements give a true and fair view of the 
state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs 
as at 31 March 2020 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

•  The Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union 
(IFRSs as adopted by the EU); 

•  The parent company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the EU and as applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities are described on p. 106. We have fulfilled 
our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the 
Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including 
the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and 
appropriate basis for our opinion.

Overview

Materiality: 
Group financial 
statements as 
a whole

£0.65m (2019: £0.60m)

4.8% of Group profit before tax 
adjusted for acquisition costs and 
employment linked consideration  
(2019: 4.8% of Group profit before tax) 

Coverage

93% (2019: 98%) of Group profit before tax

Key audit matters

Recurring risks

vs 2019



Revenue recognition in the 
appropriate period, recognition of 
accrued income and existence of 
trade receivables at the year end

Parent company: Recoverability 
of investments in subsidiaries and 
intercompany debtors



New Risks

Accuracy and valuation of 
intangible assets acquired

Accounting for employment-
linked consideration on 
acquisitions during the year

2.  Key audit matters: our assessment 
of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by 
us, including those that had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in 
decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows:

Annual Report 2020Corporate GovernanceThe risk

Inappropriate recognition of revenue 
on contracts in progress at year end:

For the majority of contracts, billing is 
on a time and materials basis. There is 
a risk that revenue in the cut-off period 
might be incorrectly recorded such that 
it does not reflect hours worked or the 
services provided and in particular that 
accrued income and trade receivables 
recorded at the year end do not exist.

Revenue cut-off, recognition 
of accrued income and 
recognition of trade 
receivables at the year end

(Trade receivables £18.9m; 
2019: £16.6m 
Accrued income £1.3m; 
2019: £1.5m)

Refer to pp 124-27 
(accounting policy), p. 131 
(note 2) and p. 148 (note 15) 
(financial disclosures). 

103

Our response

Our procedures included:

•  Tests of detail: we have performed tests of detail, 

which comprised:
1. Selection of a sample of items included in trade 
receivables at 31 March 2020 and vouching: 
amounts recorded to invoices; that hours 
recorded on the invoice match timesheet 
records; and that contracts with the customer 
are in place for the work performed.

2. Selection of a sample of items included in 

accrued income at 31 March 2020 and vouching; 
that amounts accrued agree to hours recorded 
on timesheet records that have not been 
invoiced; that contracts with the customer are in 
place for the work performed; and that amounts 
accrued have been invoiced post year end.

3. Challenging the recoverability of trade receivables 
and accrued income as at 31 March 2020 by 
reference to a sample of cash receipts after the 
year end.

Forecast based valuation:

Our procedures included: 

Accuracy and valuation of 
intangible assets acquired

(Acquired intangible 
assets: £7.4m)

Refer to p. 93 (Audit 
Committee Report), p. 123 
(accounting policy) and p. 141 
(note 12) 
(financial disclosures).

Accounting for business combinations 
involves significant judgement in relation 
to the application of IFRS 3 to intangible 
assets acquired, given the estimation 
techniques involve the forecasting of 
future uncertain cash flows and the use 
of appropriate discount rates.

The effect of these matters is that, 
as part of our risk assessment, 
we determined that the valuation of 
intangible assets has a high degree of 
estimation uncertainty, with a potential 
range of reasonable outcomes greater 
than our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole.

Management has used an external 
expert to assist in the calculation of the 
value of the identified intangible assets. 

Accounting for employment-
linked consideration on 
acquisitions during the year.

Subjective judgement in the 
assessment of consideration 
linked to future employment:

(Contingent and deferred 
consideration liability – 
current: £3.7m)

(Contingent and deferred 
consideration liability – 
non-current: £6.9m)

Refer to p. 93 (Audit 
Committee Report), p. 122 
(accounting policy) and 
p. 145 (financial disclosures).

Some of the consideration that is either 
deferred or contingent upon future 
performance is linked to the continuing 
employment of certain of the sellers. 
Assessing how much of the deferred or 
contingent consideration is linked to the 
continuing employment of the sellers 
requires an assessment of terms within 
sale and purchase agreements which 
can be complex.

1. Accounting analysis

Challenging management’s identification 
of separately identifiable intangible assets 
based on our knowledge of the acquired 
business and industry.
2. Methodology choice

Assessing, using our own valuation specialists, the 
results of the valuation reports for the customer 
related intangibles associated with Axxsys Limited, 
by checking that the valuations were in accordance 
with relevant accounting standards and acceptable 
valuation practices.
Assessing the valuation reports for the intangible 
assets associated with Obsidian Solutions 
Limited by checking that the valuations were in 
accordance with relevant accounting standards 
and acceptable valuation practices, and in line 
with the work performed by the specialist on the 
Axxsys acquisition.

3. Assessing transparency

Assessing the appropriateness of the Group’s 
disclosures in respect of the fair value 
measurement of the acquired intangible assets.

Our procedures included: 

1. Accounting analysis

Reading the sale and purchase agreement and 
assessing management’s judgement around 
which elements of consideration are linked to 
future employment.

2. Assessing transparency

Assessing the appropriateness of the Group’s 
disclosures in the accounts for the consideration 
agreed and the proportion of this that is linked to 
future employment.

Annual Report 2020104

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

Recoverability of investments 
in subsidiaries and 
intercompany debtors

(£9.2m and £111.9m; 
2019: £1.3m and £110.3m)

Refer to p. 161 (accounting 
policy) and p. 163 (note 2) and 
p. 165 (note 3) 
(financial disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Low risk, high value:

Our procedures included:

The carrying amount of the parent 
company’s investments in subsidiaries 
and intercompany debtors represents 
100% (2019: 100%) of the Company’s 
total assets. Their recoverability is not 
at a high risk of significant misstatement 
or subject to significant judgement. 
However, due to their materiality in the 
context of the parent company financial 
statement, this is considered to be the 
area that had the greatest effect on our 
overall parent company audit.

•  Test of detail: Compared the carrying amount 
of 100% of investments of the total investment 
balance with the relevant subsidiaries’ draft 
balance sheets to identify whether their net assets, 
being an approximation of their minimum 
recoverable amount, were in excess of their 
carrying amount and assessing whether those 
subsidiaries have historically been profit- making.

•  Assessing subsidiary audits: Considering the 
results of our audit work on the profits and net 
assets of those subsidiaries.

3.  Our application of materiality and 

an overview of the scope of our audit 

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was 
set at £0.65m (2019: £0.60m), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of Group profit before tax adjusted for acquisition 
costs and employment linked consideration of which it represents 
4.8% (2019: 4.8% of Group profit before tax).

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as 
a whole was set at £0.28m (2019: £0.48m), determined with 
reference to a benchmark of Company gross assets of £121.6m 
(2019: £111.7m), of which it represents 0.2% (2019: 0.4%).

We agreed to report to the Audit and Risk Committee any 
corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding 
£0.03m (2019: £0.03m), in addition to other identified 
misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s 21 (2019: 15) reporting components, we 
subjected 12 (2019: 10) to full scope audits for Group purposes. 

The component materialities ranged from £400 to £0.52m 
(2019: £400 to £0.45m), having regard to the mix of size and 
risk profile of the Group across the components. 

The components within the scope of our work accounted for 
the percentages described on the right.

The remaining 17% (2019: 12%) of total Group revenue, 7% 
(2019: 2%) of Group profit before tax and 7% (2019: 4%) of 
total Group assets is represented by 9 reporting components 
(2019: 5 components), none of which individually represented 
more than 5% of total Group revenue, total assets or Group 
profit before tax. For these residual components, we performed 
analysis at an aggregated Group level to re-examine our 
assessment that there were no significant risks of material 
misstatement within these.

Group profit before tax 
adjusted for acquisition 
costs and employment 
linked consideration
£13.7m (2019: £12.5m)

Group Materiality
£0.65m (2019: £0.6m)

£0.65m
Whole financial 
statements materiality 
(2019: £0.60m)

£0.52m
Range of materiality at 
12 components 
(£400-£0.52m) 
(2019: £400-£0.45m)

£0.03m
Misstatements reported 
to the audit and risk 
committee 
(2019: £0.03m)

  Group profit before tax

  Group materiality

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance105

Group Revenue

Group Profit before Tax

Group Total Assets

83%
(2019: 88%)

88

83

93%
(2019: 98%)

98

93

93%
(2019: 96%)

96

93

 Full scope for Group 
audit purposes 2020

 Full scope for Group 
audit purposes 2019

  Residual components

4.  We have nothing to report 

on going concern

The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the 
going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the 
Company or the Group or to cease their operations, and as 
they have concluded that the Company’s and the Group’s 
financial position means that this is realistic. They have also 
concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could 
have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a 
going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements (the “going concern period”). 

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of the 
Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material uncertainty 
related to going concern, to make reference to that in this audit 
report. However, as we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes 
that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable 
at the time they were made, the absence of reference to a 
material uncertainty in this Auditor’s Report is not a guarantee 
that the Group or the Company will continue in operation. 

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered 
the inherent risks to the Group’s and Company’s business 
model and analysed how the risk might affect the Group’s and 
Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations 
over the going concern period. The risk that we considered 
most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s 
available financial resources over this period was: 

•  The impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s short to medium 

term order book.

As this is a risk that could potentially cast significant doubt on 
the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, we considered sensitivities over the level of available 
financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts 
taking account of reasonably possible (but not unrealistic) 
adverse effects that could arise from the risk and evaluated the 
achievability of the actions the Directors consider they would 
take to improve the position should the risks materialise. We 
also considered less predictable but realistic second order 
impacts, such as the impact of Brexit and the erosion of 
customer or supplier confidence, which could result in a rapid 
reduction of available financial resources. 

Based on this work, we are required to report to you if we have 
concluded that the use of the going concern basis of accounting 
is inappropriate or there is an undisclosed material uncertainty 
that may cast significant doubt over the use of that basis for 
a period of at least a year from the date of approval of the 
financial statements. 

We have nothing to report in these respects, and we did not 
identify going concern as a key audit matter. 

5.  We have nothing to report on the other 

information in the Annual Report 

The Directors are responsible for the other information presented 
in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit 
opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit 
work, the information therein is materially misstated or 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. 
Based solely on that work we have not identified material 
misstatements in the other information. 

Annual Report 2020 
 
106

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
Based solely on our work on the other information:

•  We have not identified material misstatements in the 

• 

• 

Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report; 
In our opinion the information given in those reports for the 
financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and 
In our opinion those reports have been prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

6.  We have nothing to report on the other 
matters on which we are required to 
report by exception 

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion: 

•  Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  The parent company financial statements are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
•  Certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified 

by law are not made; or 

•  We have not received all the information and explanations 

that we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

8.  The purpose of our audit work and to 
whom we owe our responsibilities 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the Company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and 
the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for 
this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Craig Parkin
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
31 Park Row
Nottingham
NG1 6FQ

24 June 2020

7. Respective responsibilities

Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on p. 100, 
the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; 
assessing the Group and parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent 
company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so.

Annual Report 2020Corporate Governance107

“ We knew we needed help to achieve 
our goals but had never engaged with 
an external consulting firm before. 
A combination of commitment, 
hard work, innovative thinking 
and a pragmatic approach led to 
a successful outcome.”

Chief Executive Officer, asset manager

Annual Report 2020Financial Statements

110  Chief Financial Officer’s Report

115  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

116  Consolidated statement of financial position

117  Consolidated statement of cash flows

118  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

119  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

157  Company statement of financial position

158  Company statement of cash flows

159  Company statement of changes in equity

160  Notes to the Company financial statements

The power of our people tocreate value110

Chief Financial 
Officer’s Report

Alpha delivered another strong year. The Group 
grew revenue 17.0% and adjusted EPS 17.9%; whilst 
continuing to internationalise, including strong North 
American growth. Alpha also successfully acquired 
Axxsys and Obsidian, maintained consistent margins, 
healthy cash generation and a strong year-end cash 
balance, all while continuing to invest in the business.

IFRS and Alternative 
Performance Measures 
(“APMs”)

A range of results metrics are set out to 
demonstrate Alpha’s performance. These 
include standard generally accepted 
accounting definitions and alternative 
performance measures, which are included 
to allow further understanding of the 
underlying operating performance of the 
Group across financial periods. 

The difference between standard and 
alternative performance measures arises from 
the adjusting items, set out in note 4 of the 
notes to the consolidated financial statements. 
The total cost of these adjusting items has 
increased in the year primarily due to certain 
Axxsys and Obsidian acquisition-related costs, 
which the Board considers to be non-operating 
in nature. Note 4 sets out a description of 
these APMs and a full reconciliation to 
relevant IFRS measures. The results are also 
shown without the effect of the introduction 
of new accounting standard IFRS 16 Leases, 
as set out in note 7, to assist comparability 
between financial years.

John Paton
Chief Financial Officer
24 June 2020

“We delivered a strong financial 
performance in FY 20, successfully 
acquired two businesses and ended 
the year with a strong balance sheet. 
We are taking the right actions to 
prepare for a period of uncertainty.”

Annual Report 2020Financial Statements111

FY 20
IFRS 16

£90.9m

£88.9m

£34.4m

£10.4m

£20.2m

22.8%

£18.6m

£9.3m

14.21p

13.62p

6.11p

FY 20
IAS 17

£90.9m

£88.9m

£34.4m

£10.4m

£19.4m

21.8%

£18.7m

£9.4m

14.26p

13.68p

6.16p

FY 19
IAS 17

Change vs FY 19 
IFRS 16

Change vs FY 19 
IAS 17

£77.7m

£76.0m

£29.1m

£12.6m

£16.5m

21.7%

£16.2m

£12.5m

12.05p

11.77p

9.05p

17.0%

17.1%

18.3%

(17.1%)

22.9%

1.1%

15.2%

(25.8%)

17.9%

15.8%

(32.6%)

17.0%

17.1%

18.3%

(17.6%)

17.8%

0.1%

15.5%

(25.3%)

18.4%

16.2%

(31.9%)

Revenue

Net fee income

Gross profit

Operating profit

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted profit before tax

Profit before tax

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Group Results

I am pleased to report that Alpha has delivered another year of 
further strong growth during a year of geopolitical uncertainty. 

The Group has experienced almost no FY 20 effect on trading 
from the COVID-19 lockdowns and related social distancing 
measures, given the swift transition to effective remote working 
by our clients and consultants and the timing of the Group’s 
year end. Alpha has implemented a number of cost mitigations 
in recent months to prepare for this more uncertain environment 
and continues to monitor developments closely for the year ahead.

Revenue26 

The Group has delivered another strong year of progress, 
growing revenue and net fee income 17.0% and 17.1% 
respectively on the previous year, delivered through both 
organic and inorganic growth. Organic revenue27 growth 
totalled 7.7% in the year.

Alpha North America delivered the strongest regional growth 
with net fee income up 57.4%, almost entirely organically. The 
North American business expanded its domestic client base in 
the year, supporting a good range of client projects, including 
several longer duration acquisition and integration, operations 
transformation and systems implementation projects, which 
lifted consultant team utilisation substantially from last year, 

reaching Group target levels. The UK business, Alpha’s 
geography with the largest net fee income, grew 11.4% overall, 
benefitting from strong growth in Alpha Data Solutions (“ADS”) 
and the additional Axxsys contribution in the year, while good 
client demand maintained close to target consultant utilisation 
levels, mitigating a weaker UK contracting environment. Alpha 
Europe & Asia delivered 11.7% regional growth, with a consistent 
organic revenue performance across the region overall, 
complemented by the contribution from Axxsys Europe, 
which grew well in the year with new client wins and team 
headcount expansion.

Alpha continues to support clients in some of the largest, 
most challenging and interesting projects across the industry. 
Alpha’s revenue is driven by continuing strong demand in its 
established practices, including Investments, Distribution, M&A 
Integration and Operations & Outsourcing, as well as progress 
in newer practices, including strong growth in Regulatory 
Compliance in the year. Alpha’s ETF & Indexing practice, 
launched in March 2019 to further enhance Alpha’s response to 
the growing significance of index funds and exchange traded 
derivatives, made strong progress in the year in multiple 
geographies. Alpha’s Pensions & Retail Investments practice, 
launched in September 2019, gained good traction by winning 
a number of projects in H2 2028, both with existing and new 
client relationships. Alpha’s growth was supported by further 
investment in the global consultant headcount, with the 
number of consultants (including contractors) reaching 436 
by the year end (March 2019: 362).

26  FY 19 revenue is restated to reflect the presentation of revenue gross of rechargeable expenses. Refer to note 1 of the financial statements for further 

detail and note 2 for a reconciliation of revenue to net fee income

27  Organic revenue growth is an APM and represents FY 20 revenue less £7.3m revenue attributable to the Axxsys and Obsidian acquisitions completed 

during the year. Refer to note 4 for further detail of APMs

28  H2 20 refers to the second half of the financial year ending 31 March 2020

Annual Report 2020112

Chief Financial Officer’s Report continued

Group Profitability

The Group also increased its profits. Gross profit rose 18.3% 
to £34.4m (FY 19: £29.1m), improving margin, as a percentage 
of net fee income, to 38.7% (FY 19: 38.3%). This reflects a 
combination of near target consultant utilisation levels, margin 
benefit from improved consultancy mix, headcount growth, 
and lower overall employee profit share accruals partially 
offset by continued investment in the business, including 13 
director appointments. North American margin improved with 
strong growth lifting consultant utilisation through the year, UK 
margin was relatively consistent and Europe & Asia margin 
eased slightly, reflecting more mixed market conditions. 

Group administrative expenses, before the adjusting items 
detailed in note 4 of the consolidated financial statements, 
increased to £15.0m (FY 19: £12.6m) on a comparable basis. 
Adjusted administrative costs increased 18.9% overall, 
including both the inorganic addition of Axxsys and Obsidian 
costs since acquisition and on an organic basis, which was 
principally from increased Group central management team 
resource supporting the overall business growth globally, 
larger technology security and infrastructure improvement 
spend, and higher professional fees, together offsetting lower 
consultant recruitment spend in the year. Including the 
adjusting items, administrative expenses increased to £24.0m 
(FY 19: £16.5m), reflecting the one-off acquisition, integration 
and other costs related to the onboarding of Axxsys and 
Obsidian, as set out further in note 4. 

Adjusted EBITDA grew 22.9% to £20.2m (FY 19: £16.5m). The 
Group adopted the new accounting standard IFRS 16 Leases 
for the first time in the year, as set out in note 7, on a modified 
retrospective basis. On a comparable basis, as set out above 
and in note 7, adjusted EBITDA grew 17.8%, in line with revenue 
growth and margin was consistent at 21.8% on a comparable 
basis (FY 19: 21.7%). Reported margins improved further on 
this basis. Adjusted profit before tax increased by 15.2% to 
£18.6m (FY 19: £16.2m). This metric is comparable under the 
new standard and also reflects the increased ADS capitalised 
development amortisation charge in the year. 

increased to £8.4m (FY 19: £3.6m) due to the Axxsys and 
Obsidian acquisition-related costs, including increased 
employment-linked consideration in the year. The share-based 
payment charge, including relevant social security costs, 
increased in the current year reflecting new awards, time 
elapsed and updated current year valuation assumptions. 
Further details are set out in notes 4 and 21. Similarly, profit 
before tax reduced to £9.3m after charging these increased 
adjusting item costs, increased depreciation and increased 
finance expenses. 

Currency

Currency translation had a minimal impact on both net fee 
income and profits in FY 20, as a result of a flat average 
sterling against key currencies. In the year, sterling averaged 
$1.28 (FY 19: $1.31) and €1.15 (FY 19: €1.13). Currency 
translation immaterially increased FY 20 net fee income by 
£0.3m (0.4%). The statement of comprehensive income 
reflects £1.3m currency gain on asset translation. 

Net Finance Expense

Net finance costs increased in the year to £1.1m (FY 19: £0.1m), 
representing the first full-year adoption of IFRS 16 Leases 
and the annual unwinding of the discount applied to deferred 
and earn-out consideration due on recent acquisitions. 
Since its admission to AIM, the Group has operated with a 
net cash position.

Taxation

Pre-tax profit, after non-operating items, was £9.3m (FY 19: 
£12.5m). The Group’s tax charge for the year was £3.1m 
(FY 19: £3.3m), reflecting the lower taxable profit, disallowable 
expense items and the blended tax rate of the jurisdictions in 
which the Group operates. The Group’s cash tax payment in 
the year was £2.4m (FY 19: £2.0m). 

Group operating profit decreased by 17.1% to £10.4m 
(FY 19: £12.6m) after charging all costs including the adjusting 
items listed in note 4. These cost adjustments, which are 
detailed in note 4 of the consolidated financial statements, 

For further taxation details, see notes 8 and 9 to the consolidated 
financial statements. Adjusted profit after tax is shown after 
adjustments for the applicable tax rates on adjusting items as 
set out in note 4. 

Annual Report 2020Financial Statements113

Acquisition Activity

Complementary bolt-on acquisitions that enhance the product 
and service proposition offered to Alpha’s clients are an 
important part of the Group’s strategy. The Group made two 
acquisitions during the year, Axxsys and Obsidian, in June and 
November 2019 respectively. Both businesses have performed 
well since acquisition. 

Axxsys has integrated into the Group well and grown since 
acquisition, particularly in further expanding the team to take 
advantage of opportunities across Europe. Since June, Axxsys 
has contributed £7.1m revenue with margin improvement 
through the year.

Since acquiring Obsidian in November within ADS, the combined 
ADS Obsidian product has been successfully implemented for 
an Alpha client, and the Obsidian technology integration work 
to enhance Obsidian product security features and align 
technology protocols with the ADS 360 SalesVista product set 
has largely been completed. These one-off integration costs total 
£0.5m to date. Obsidian has contributed £0.2m revenue since 
acquisition and is well placed for further growth within ADS.

Earnings per Share

Adjusted EPS improved 17.9% to 14.21p per share (FY 19: 
12.05p) and, after including the adjusting expense items, the 
basic EPS is 6.11p per share (FY 19: 9.05p). Adjusted diluted 
EPS increased 15.8% to 13.62p (FY 19: 11.77p). At the year 
end, 6,490,661 share options remained outstanding and no 
share options vested in the year.

Cash Flow and Net Funds

The Group enjoyed strong cash generation with net cash 
generated from operating activities rising to £18.2m (FY 19: 
£16.4m) and after adjusting for employment-linked acquisition 
payments to £19.9m (FY 19: £16.4m). This represents a 106% 
adjusted cash conversion rate from adjusted operating profit, 
improving on FY 19’s 101% adjusted cash conversion rate, 
through working capital focus and internal process rigour 
around timely debtor collection. 

The Group’s income tax paid totalled £2.4m (FY 19: £2.0m). 
A total of £7.3m acquisition payments were paid in the year, net 
of cash acquired, in relation to both the Axxsys and Obsidian 
initial consideration payments plus acquisition related costs. 
The increase in capital expenditure in the year reflects the now 
completed 360 SalesVista investment programme, designed 
to enhance product data security, improve implementation 
simplicity and add product functionality.

Net interest paid was £0.1m (FY 19: £0.1m), reflecting the cost 
of maintaining the Group’s revolving credit facility (“RCF”) less 
the benefit of holding net cash balances through the year. At 
the year end, the Group’s cash position had improved to £21.0m 
net cash or £26.0m total (FY 19: £18.6m), having drawn Alpha’s 
£5m revolving credit facility in full shortly before year end to 
maximise liquidity, in anticipation of a COVID-19 effect. 

After the year end, the Group further improved its available 
liquidity by renewing and extending its committed RCF with 
Lloyds Banking Group into a £20m committed facility expiring 
in June 2023 with an improvement to terms. The two RCF 
covenants are a 2x maximum net debt to adjusted EBITDA 
ratio and a 4x interest cover covenant. This facility, alongside 
cash balances, ensures Group funding flexibility. Further 
details are set out in note 25. 

Statement of Financial Position

The principal changes to the Group’s statement of financial 
position relate to acquisition activity and the adoption of 
IFRS 16 during the year. The increase in the Group’s total 
non-current assets is principally driven by a combination of 
acquisition intangibles, the addition of lease right of use assets 
under IFRS 16 and the investment in the ADS software product.

Increases in trade receivables and payables represent the 
enlarged group. Acquisition related deferred consideration and 
earn-out payments increased both current and non-current 
liabilities as at 31 March 2020, as set out in note 13. Deferred 
tax liabilities arise on timing differences and increased in the 
year mainly due to acquisition related timing differences, as 
set out in note 9.

The year-end net cash balance improved after acquisition 
payments, investment in the business and payment of 
dividends to shareholders in the year.

Annual Report 2020114

Chief Financial Officer’s Report continued

The current COVID-19 situation is a significant event that 
brings an unprecedented level of uncertainty to the business 
environment and a shifting business development landscape. 
Alpha took early decisive action in response to the pandemic, 
implementing protective measures in March to reduce costs 
and maintain liquidity. These measures included 40 per cent 
salary and fee reductions for the senior leadership team for 
six months, reducing recruitment to all but a handful of 
strategic hires, freezing annual salary increases globally 
and deferring the annual profit share payments for FY 20 
to employees until later in FY 21. In April, the remainder of 
the global director team agreed to a voluntary 20 per cent 
temporary salary reduction and, in June, staff furlough plans 
have been cautiously introduced in the UK and France.

FY 21 trading has begun well and the Group continues to see 
opportunities, new client wins as well as extensions to existing 
projects. However, while the trading environment remains 
uncertain, Alpha will continue to monitor the COVID-19 
situation closely; and will act sensitively and appropriately in 
managing the Group through uncertain times in the interests 
of all stakeholders.

The Board has considered all of the above factors in its 
review of going concern and has been able to conclude the 
review positively. While cognizant of potential macro-economic 
risks and the competitive environment, the Group’s people, 
investment in product and service offerings and increasing 
international footprint help position Alpha for the year ahead. 
Alpha has delivered another year of strategic acquisitions, 
strong growth and cash generation in FY 20. While COVID-19 
means that uncertainty exists over how the coming year will 
unfold, we start FY 21 well positioned.

Dividends 

The Board is not recommending a final dividend this year 
(FY 19: 4.09p), given the exceptional COVID-19 circumstances 
and the subsequent business uncertainty. Alongside the other 
cost mitigants and deferrals, Alpha seeks to best maintain its 
strong balance sheet to maximise flexibility. Therefore, the 
FY 20 interim dividend of 2.10p per share is the total dividend 
for the year (FY 19: 6.00p). 

Total Shareholders’ Funds

Total shareholders’ funds increased to £91.4m (March 2019: 
£89.1m). The changes in equity reserves reflect the retained 
profit after tax for the year, currency movements on overseas 
asset and goodwill values, the addition of further share-based 
payment reserves and the payment of dividends. As at 31 March 
2020, the Company had 103,607,638 ordinary shares in issue, 
of which no shares were held in treasury and 2,669,429 shares 
were held in the Company’s employee benefit trust (“EBT”) for 
satisfaction of future option vesting.

Risk Management and the Year Ahead 

The Group’s risk management approach includes regular 
monitoring of macro-economic and end-market conditions 
and assessing the potential impacts across all business areas. 
In the risk management framework, which has been reviewed 
during the year, the executive team, including me as Chief 
Financial Officer and the Global Chief Executive Officer, has 
primary responsibility for keeping abreast of developments 
that may affect the implementation of the Group’s strategy and 
financial performance. This entails identifying the appropriate 
mitigating actions that should be taken and ensuring, as far as 
possible, that those actions are then executed by the senior 
management team. The Board as a whole oversees risk and, 
within that framework, considers the material risks that the 
Group faces and agrees on the principal risks and uncertainties. 
Alpha has a set of core company values, which are embedded 
globally, that reflect the Group’s ethical and responsible 
approach to operating and managing the business. 

Annual Report 2020Financial Statements115

Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 March 2020

Continuing operations

Revenue

Rechargeable expenses

Net fee income

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administration expenses

Operating profit

Depreciation

Amortisation of capital development costs

Adjusting items

Adjusted EBITDA

Finance income

Finance expense

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit/(loss) for the year

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Basic earnings per ordinary share (p)

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (p)

Restated29

Year ended
31 March 2020
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

90,901

(1,977)

88,924

(54,521)

34,403

(23,977)

10,426

1,022

 428 

8,372

 20,248 

1

(1,133)

9,294

(3,127)

6,167

1,311

7,478

6.11

5.85

77,661

(1,701)

75,960

(46,878)

29,082

(16,510)

12,572

263

–

3,643

 16,478

-

(52)

12,520

(3,321)

9,199

2,505

11,704

9.05

8.84

Note

2

2

2

3

7, 14

12

4

4

6

6

8

11

11

29  Prior year restatement relates to the alignment of the Group’s revenue recognition policy to IFRS 15 B35B, presenting revenue inclusive of expenses 
recharged to clients. This restatement has no impact on the Group’s adjusted EBITDA, profit after tax or net asset positions as such rechargeable 
expenses are recharged with nil mark-up. Please see note 1 for further details

Annual Report 2020116

Consolidated statement 
of financial position
 As at 31 March 2020

Assets

Non–current assets

Goodwill

Intangible fixed assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use asset

Total non–current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax

Lease liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax provision

Other non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Foreign exchange reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity

As at
31 March 2020
£’000

As at
31 March 2019
£’000

Note

12

12

14

7

15

16

17

7

19

9

18

7

 64,553

 25,774

 530

 2,611

 55,162

 20,768

 414

 –

 93,468

 76,344

 21,212

 25,996

 47,208

(25,929)

(4,150)

(791)

(5,000)

(35,870)

 11,338

(4,438)

(7,104)

(1,878)

(13,420)

 91,386

 19,680

 18,581

 38,261

(18,427)

(3,359)

 –

 –

(21,786)

 16,475

(3,193)

(486)

 –

(3,679)

 89,140

20

 78

 76

 89,396

 89,396

 –

 3,406

 1,652

(3,146)

 1

 2,095

 737

(3,165)

 91,386

 89,140

The notes on pp 119-56 form part of these consolidated financial statements. These financial statements were approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 24 June 2020. They were signed on its behalf by: 

Euan NB Fraser 
Global Chief Executive Officer 

John C Paton
Chief Financial Officer

Annual Report 2020 
 
117

Consolidated statement 
of cash flows
For the year ended 31 March 2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

Operating profit for the year 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Amortisation of intangible fixed assets

Share-based payment charge

Acquisition related costs

Year ended
31 March 2020
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2019
 £’000

 10,426 

 1,022 

 11 

 3,804 

 917 

–

 12,572 

 263 

 6 

 2,586 

 436 

61

7, 14

12

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

 16,180

 15,924

Working capital adjustments:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Interest received

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of acquired cash

Capitalised development costs

Additions to property, plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Issue of ordinary share capital

Repayment of borrowings

Drawdown of bank borrowings

Interest paid

Lease liability payments

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 30

 4,444

(2,446)

 1,562

 878

(1,996)

 18,208

 16,368

 1

(7,339)

(1,387)

(349)

(9,074)

(1)

 –

 5,000

(47)

(835)

(6,256)

(2,139)

 6,995

 18,581

 420

 25,996

 –

(1,113)

 –

(728)

(1,841)

 –

 –

 –

(45)

–

(5,687)

(5,732)

 8,795

 9,774

 12

 18,581

19

19

10

Annual Report 2020118

Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2020

As at 1 April 2018

Comprehensive income

Profit for the period

Foreign exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Transactions with owners

Shares cancelled (equity)

Share-based payment reserves

Consideration to be settled in equity

Dividends

As at 31 March 2019

Share
Capital
£’000

 77

Share
premium
£’000

 89,396

 –

 –

(1)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 76

 89,396

Effect of changes in accounting standards

–

–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000

Foreign
exchange
reserve
£’000

 Other
reserves
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
£’000

 –

 –

 –

 1

 –

 –

 –

 1

–

(410)

 267

(6,677)

 82,653

 –

 2,505

 –

 –

 –

 –

 2,095

 –

 –

 –

 409

 61

 –

 737

 9,199

 9,199

 –

 –

 –

 –

 2,505

 –

 409

 61

(5,687)

(3,165)

(5,687)

 89,140

–

–

109

109

As at 1 April 2019

Comprehensive income

Profit for the period

Foreign exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Transactions with owners

Shares issued (equity)

Share-based payment reserves

Deferred tax recognised in equity

Dividends

As at 31 March 2020

 76

 89,396

 1

 2,095

 737

(3,056)

 89,249

 –

 –

 2

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 78

 89,396

 –

 –

(1)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 1,311

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 917

(2)

 –

 3,406

 1,652

 6,167

 6,167

 –

(1)

 –

 –

 1,311

 –

 917

(2)

(6,256)

(3,146)

(6,256)

 91,386

Share capital
Share capital represents the nominal value of share 
capital subscribed.

Share premium
The share premium account is used to record the aggregate 
amount or value of premiums paid when the Company’s shares 
are issued at a premium, net of associated share issue costs.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve is a non-distributable reserve 
into which amounts are transferred following the redemption 
or purchase of the Company’s own shares.

Foreign exchange reserve
The foreign exchange reserve represents exchange differences 
that arise on consolidation from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign subsidiaries, including goodwill.

Other reserves
The other reserves represent the cumulative fair value of the 
IFRS 2 share-based payment charge to be recognised each 
year and equity-settled consideration reserves.

Retained earnings
The retained earnings reserve represents cumulative net gains 
and losses recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income.

Annual Report 2020119

Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
General information
The principal activity of the Group is the provision of consulting and related services to clients in the asset and wealth management 
industry, principally in the UK, North America, Europe and Asia.

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc is incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 09965297. The Company is a 
public limited company, is listed on the AIM of the London Stock Exchange and its registered office is 60 Gresham Street, London, 
EC2V 7BB. 

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 24 June 2020.

Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. 

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments that are 
measured at fair value. 

The presentational currency of these financial statements and the functional currency of the Group is pounds sterling. All 
amounts in these financial statements have been rounded to the nearest £1,000.

Going concern
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future. 

Impact of Coronavirus (COVID-19)
The Directors note that the World Health Organisation declared a pandemic relating to COVID-19 on 11 March 2020, and social 
distancing measures were introduced in key Alpha territories during March 2020. Therefore, the Directors have considered the 
significance of the economic ramifications of the virus before the end of the Group’s financial year and its potential effect on the 
Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020. In particular, the Directors have assessed the impact of incorporating 
additional COVID-19 risk factors in the discount rates and medium- and long-term growth rates used in impairment testing of 
non-financial assets, as well as applying additional downside sensitivities in the going concern assessment over a period of 
12 months after the signing of these financial statements. 

Key assumptions considered by management when assessing going concern include adjusting managements best estimate of 
forecasted performance for factors including the length and extent of current lockdown restrictions, the resulting general 
business environment, the speed of recovery of trading after lockdown restrictions ease and utilisation of relevant government 
support schemes. These have been estimated for their respective impacts on the Group’s revenues, fixed and variable costs 
and resultant expected cash flow requirements. 

The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking into account reasonable estimate of a possible downturn in trading performance 
arising from the COVID-19 outbreak, show that the Group has sufficient financial resources, both from the Group’s robust 
balance sheet and its expected cash flow generation, sufficient for the going concern period. Accordingly, the Directors have 
adopted the going concern basis in preparing these consolidated financial statements. See note 22 for details of the additional 
financial risks facing the Group.

Annual Report 2020120

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation
These financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings as at 31 March 2020.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue 
to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same 
reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies.

All intra-group balances, income and expenses and unrealised gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions are 
eliminated in full.

Principal accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below: 

Significant judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial information in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. 

The Directors have made one judgement, excluding those involving estimations, in the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies that are considered to have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements for the 
period ending 31 March 2020.

Employment-linked acquisition payments (note 13)
The contingent and non-contingent consideration related to the acquisitions made in the year are part-linked to the ongoing 
employment of certain of the management vendors. The apportionment of these payments in the financial statements are based 
on the interpretation of multiple complex clauses within the Share Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) of the relevant acquisition. 

A number of estimates have been made in the preparation of the financial information. The assumptions underlying the Group’s 
estimates are based on historical experience and various other factors that are deemed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances. These assumptions form the basis of developing estimates of the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are 
not apparent from other sources. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
estimates are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised and any future years affected. Actual results can differ from 
these estimates. 

The Directors have identified the following areas as key estimates that are considered to have a significant risk of resulting in a 
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities within the next financial year.

Share-based payments (note 21)
Management have estimated the share-based payments expensed under IFRS 2. In determining the fair value of share-based 
payments, management have considered several internal and external factors in judging the probability that management and 
employee share incentives may vest, and in assessing the fair value of share options at the date of grant. Such assumptions 
involve estimating a number of future performance and other factors. The fair value calculations have been externally assessed 
for reasonableness in the current and prior period. For further details please see note 21.

Business combinations – valuation and asset lives of separately identifiable intangible assets (note 12)
In determining the fair value of intangible assets arising in a business combination, management are required to make estimates 
regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows applicable to the intangible assets being acquired, discounted using an 
appropriate discount rate. Such estimates are based on current budgets and forecasts, extrapolated for an appropriate period 
taking into account growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and operating costs. Management estimates the 
appropriate discount rate using post-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the businesses being acquired. The Directors consider that the assumptions used the best estimate of the intangible 
asset values acquired, and an independent accountancy firm was used to assess and advise on these estimates.

Annual Report 2020121

Acquisition earn-outs (note 13)
The Obsidian and Axxsys earn-out expense calculations under IFRS 3 contain estimation uncertainty, as the earn-out potentially 
payable in each case is linked to the future performance of the acquiree. In order to determine the fair value of the earn-out at the 
acquisition date management have assessed the potential future cash flows of the Axxsys and Obsidian businesses respectively, 
the likelihood of an earn-out payment being made, and discounted using an appropriate discount rate. These estimates are also 
affected by the heightened uncertainty due to the current COVID-19 environment and potentially change as a result of related 
events over the next several years. 

Impairment of goodwill (note 12)
The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired on at least an annual basis. This requires an estimate of the value in use of 
the CGUs to which the goodwill is allocated. To estimate the value in use, the Group estimates the expected future cash flows 
from the CGUs and discounts to their present value. Forecasting expected cash flows and selecting appropriate discount rates 
inherently requires estimation. A sensitivity analysis has been performed on these estimates (refer to note 12). Although based on 
the sensitivity analysis performed there is no impairment charge to goodwill, it is considered appropriate to disclose this as an area 
of significant estimation due to the size of the balance, the heightened uncertainty due to the current COVID-19 environment, and 
the fact that it could change as a result of future events over the next several years. 

Coronavirus (COVID-19)
For the purposes of considering going concern and non-financial asset impairment, management have applied a number of key 
assumptions that relate to the ongoing outbreak of COVID-19 and the associated market uncertainty in Alpha’s operational 
territories. The key assumptions applied for these purposes relate to the potential length of the ongoing lockdown periods and 
subsequent environment as determined by government bodies globally, and the associated assumptions as to the potential 
impact of these factors on the Group’s asset impairment and going concern considerations. 

Management consider that the impact of uncertainty related to COVID-19 will be most apparent in the following areas of the 
financial statements.

•  Going concern: refer to the “going concern” section above for further detail on the impact of COVID-19.
• 

Impairment of non-financial assets: further details on the impact of COVID-19 judgements on asset impairment is provided in 
note 12.

•  Valuation of expected credit loss on financial assets: refer to note 15 for details of consideration given to the valuation of the 

expected credit loss of receivables in light of the COVID-19 uncertainty.

•  Acquisition earn-outs: refer to the “acquisition earn-outs” section above for further detail.

Investments in subsidiaries 
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment.

Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost (or deemed historical cost) less accumulated depreciation. Cost 
includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its 
intended use.

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment at rates calculated to write each asset down to its estimated 
residual value on a straight-line basis at the following annual rates:

Tangible fixed asset

Useful economic life

Leasehold improvements

Fixtures and fittings

Computer equipment

3–10 years

4 years

3–5 years

Useful economic lives and estimated residual values are reviewed annually and adjusted as appropriate.

Annual Report 2020122

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued
Business combinations, goodwill and consideration
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which 
control is transferred to the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured 
at their fair values at the acquisition date.

Goodwill arises when the fair value of the consideration for a business exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired.

In determining the fair value of intangible assets arising on business combination, management are required to make 
judgements regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows applicable to the intangible assets being acquired, discounted 
using an appropriate discount rate. Such judgements are based on current budgets and forecasts, extrapolated over an 
appropriate period, taking into account growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and operating costs. Management 
estimates an appropriate discount rate using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the businesses being acquired (see note 12).

Goodwill is initially recognised and measured as set out above. Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least 
annually as described below. 

Impairment reviews – goodwill
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit 
from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment 
annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. 

The Group performs impairment reviews at the reporting period end to identify any goodwill or intangible assets that have a 
carrying value that is in excess of its recoverable amount. Determining the recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets 
requires judgement in both the methodology applied and the key variables within that methodology. Where it is determined that 
an asset is impaired, the carrying value of the asset will be reduced to its recoverable amount with the difference recorded as an 
impairment charge in the income statement. 

In accordance with IAS 36, the Group has tested goodwill for impairment at the balance sheet date. No goodwill impairment was 
deemed necessary at 31 March 2020. 

Impairment of investment in subsidiaries
The uncertainties described above in respect of the potential impairment of goodwill in the Group consolidated financial 
statements also represent uncertainties regarding the carrying value of the investment in Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited in 
the Company financial statements. As at 31 March 2020, the carrying value of this investment was £1.3 million.

Contingent and non-contingent deferred consideration on acquisition
Contingent and non-contingent deferred consideration may arise on acquisitions. Non-contingent deferred consideration may 
arise when settlement of all or part of the cost of business combination falls due after the acquisition was completed. 
Contingent deferred consideration may arise with consideration dependent on the future performance of the acquired company. 

Deferred consideration associated with business combinations settled in cash is assessed in line with agreed contractual terms. 
Consideration payable is discounted for the time value of money and recognised as capital investment cost when the deferred 
or contingent consideration is not employment-linked. Alternatively, consideration is recognised as remuneration expense over 
the deferral or contingent performance period, where consideration payable is also contingent upon future employment.

In circumstances where the acquiree has an option to receive consideration in the form of cash or a variable number of shares, 
the Group has recognised a financial liability for the fair value of the discounted consideration. Where consideration is settled in 
a fixed number of shares, the consideration is classified as equity, it is not re-measured, and settlement is accounted for within 
equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the deferred consideration are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

Annual Report 2020123

At each balance sheet date, consideration liabilities comprise the fair value of the remaining contingent or non-contingent 
deferred consideration valued at acquisition. The contingent earn-out expense calculation for the acquisitions under IFRS 3 
contain estimation uncertainty as they relate to future performance. Management have assessed the potential future cash flows 
of each business, the likelihood of an earn-out payment being made, and discounted using an appropriate discount rate (see 
note 13).

Other intangible assets 
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is 
regarded as their cost). Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. 

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy 
the definition of an intangible asset under IAS 38. Such assets are only recognised if either:

•  They are capable of being separated or divided from the company and sold, transferred, licenced, rented or exchanged, 

either individually or together with a related contract, identifiable asset or liability, regardless of whether the company intends 
to do so; or

•  They arise from contractual or other legal rights, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable from the 

entity or from other rights and obligations.

The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date. All intangible assets acquired through business 
combination are amortised over their estimated useful lives. The significant intangibles recognised by the Group, their useful 
economic lives and the methods used to determine the cost of the intangibles acquired in business combinations are as follows:

Intangible asset

Useful economic life

Valuation method

Customer relationships

11-17 years

Multi-Period Excess Earnings method

Intellectual property

Trade name

Order backlog

7 years

10-15 years

1-2 years

Relief from Royalty method

Relief from Royalty method

Relief from Royalty method

Internally developed intangible assets
Capitalised development costs represent the costs incurred in the development enhancements to the 360 SalesVista software 
within Alpha Data Solutions.

A useful economic life of 3 years has been deemed appropriate based on the expected project lifecycle in development of new 
software. The amortisation charge is recognised in administrative expenses within the statement of comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the relevant entity’s functional currency at the average foreign exchange rate 
in the month of the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance 
sheet date are retranslated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the average exchange rate in the 
month of the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation to functional currency are recognised in 
the consolidated statement of income.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated to the Group’s functional currency at the average foreign 
exchange rate in the month of the date of the transactions. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to the Group’s presentational currency, pound sterling, at 
foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation of assets and 
liabilities of foreign operations are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Annual Report 2020124

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
The Group uses financial instruments comprising cash and cash equivalents, preference shares, loan notes and other short-term 
instruments, such as trade payables that arise from its operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to fund the 
Group’s business strategy and working capital requirements.

Accounting policies in respect of financial instruments are outlined below.

Financial assets
Financial assets are initially measured at fair value plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or 
loss, transaction costs. The Group has not reclassified any financial assets subsequent to initial recognition as at the balance 
sheet date. Reclassification of classes of financial assets is accounted for prospectively in accordance with IFRS 9, where this is 
required. Any difference on reclassification from amortised cost to fair value through profit or loss is recognised in the profit and 
loss at the reclassification date.

Financial assets are assessed at each reporting date to determine a lifetime expected credit loss that reflects the credit risk 
associated with the portfolio of assets. A financial asset is impaired in line with the simplified approach under IFRS 9, which 
uses a lifetime expected loss allowance.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its 
carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest 
rate. For financial instruments measured at cost less impairment, impairment is calculated as the difference between its carrying 
amount and the best estimate of the amount that the Group would receive for the asset if it were to be sold at the reporting date. 
Interest on the impairment asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. Impairment losses are 
recognised in profit or loss. When a subsequent event causes the amount of the impairment to decrease, the decrease in 
impairment loss is reversed through statement of comprehensive income.

Refer to note 22 for the disclosure of financial assets measured at amortised cost.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less provision for 
impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will 
not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The provision is recognised in the 
income statement as an operating charge.

The trade receivables’ balances recorded in the Group’s statement of financial position comprise a relatively small number of 
large balances and are held until realised in cash.

Alpha provides services to customers on credit terms with mainly arrears billing. Certain receivables may not be paid. The Group 
applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for 
all trade receivables. To measure expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit 
characteristics and the days past due. The Group consider historical loss rates for each ageing category as a starting point for 
estimating the expected credit loss. This historical loss rate is subsequently adjusted for macro-economic and customer-
specific factors of receivables within each ageing category. Characteristics considered by the Group for these purposes include 
historical collection experience for each customer, the assessed liquidity of key customers within the receivables balance, and 
other relevant macro-economic factors such as COVID-19 and Brexit in order to determine a reasonable and supportable 
assessment of the expected lifetime credit risk in the context of the overall year-end trade receivables due. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits and are recorded and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost in line with IFRS 9. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash 
management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the cash flow statement.

Annual Report 2020125

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated 
upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are 
acquired for the purpose of selling in the near term. This category includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the 
Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by IFRS 9. As at 31 March 2020, the 
Group had no such financial liabilities.

Refer to note 22 for the disclosure of financial liabilities measured at amortised cost.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Trade payables 
due within one year are not discounted. 

Current and deferred income tax
Taxation expense on the result for the period comprises current and deferred income tax. Income tax is recognised in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in 
which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods. 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of 
deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and when 
they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis.

Leases
Lease liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet at the present value of minimum lease payments. For further information 
refer to the “new accounting standards and interpretations” section below on the accounting treatment for leases under IFRS 16 
and note 7. 

Comparative period numbers relating to leases were not restated and continue to be presented under IAS 17. FY 19 rentals paid 
under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the lease. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an operating lease are recognised on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease. 

External borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration received. Borrowings are subsequently stated 
at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in the statement of profit and 
loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

Annual Report 2020126

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued
Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the entity’s non-financial assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the assets’ recoverable amount is 
estimated. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value, less 
costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the 
purposes of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets 
that generates independent cash inflows (the “cash-generating unit”); that is, cash inflows from continuing use that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the 
purpose of impairment testing, is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGU”) that are expected to benefit from the synergies of 
the combination. For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, if goodwill cannot be allocated to individual CGUs or groups of 
CGUs on a non-arbitrary basis, the impairment of goodwill is determined using the recoverable amount of the acquired entity in 
its entirety or, if it has been integrated, then the entire group of entities into which it has been integrated. Goodwill is tested 
annually for impairment in accordance with IFRS.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce 
the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of other assets in the unit 
(or group of units) on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss is reversed if and only if the reasons for the impairment have ceased to apply. An impairment loss 
recognised for goodwill is not reversed.

Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indication that the loss has decreased 
or no longer exists. An impairment loss is only reversed to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

Right-of-use assets relating to the Group’s leasing activities are recognised on the balance sheet at an amount equal to the 
lease liability on initial measurement, less any lease incentives, plus any initial direct costs. Right-of-use assets are depreciated 
over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. For further information refer to the “new 
accounting standards and interpretations” section below on the accounting treatment for leases under IFRS 16 and note 7. 

Revenue recognition
Revenue consists of the value of work executed for clients during the year and expenses recharged, exclusive of VAT. Revenue 
is classified into net fee income and recharged expenses. Net fee income represents the Group’s personnel, subcontractor and 
related expertise and services sold to clients. Recharged expenses is the recharge of costs incidental to fulfilling contracts 
including flights, subsistence and accommodation on which nil or negligible margin is earned by the Group. 

The Group delivers services that have no alternative use to Alpha (advice to clients, reports, etc) as the services are specifically 
tailored to clients’ projects and scope of work. The significant majority of Alpha’s revenue is contracted on a time and materials 
basis, where the performance obligation is to provide consultancy resources at agreed day rates. In such contracts, revenue is 
recognised over time, as the number of consultant days worked are delivered. Modifications or extensions to such projects are 
recognised as delivered. Significant extensions, where the scope or price of the contract increases, are treated as separate contracts. 
Contracts accounted for on a time and materials basis are billed incrementally, typically monthly, for incurred time and materials.

Revenue recognition for fixed fee projects is based on the actual service provided to the end of the reporting period as a proportion 
of total services to be provided either over time or in line with internally or externally identified project milestones, depending on 
the nature of the performance obligations for the project. Material scope changes are managed via a new agreement with the client. 
Fixed fee projects are typically billed in accordance with the nature of the performance obligations when a right to payment crystallises.

For milestone projects, revenue is recognised at a point in time upon delivery of each performance obligation, and these projects 
are billed as contractual milestones are delivered and the right to payment exists.

Annual Report 2020127

Activity performance recognised as revenue in excess of invoices raised are contract assets and are included within accrued income, 
up to the value of the relevant project delivery milestone, where applicable. On invoicing, the contract asset is reclassified to trade 
receivables. Where amounts have been invoiced in excess of work performed and recognised, the excess is a contract liability 
and is included within deferred income and valued in line with the nature of the project and related performance obligations as 
described above and recognised in future periods.

Software fees and other related revenue are recognised as support services are provided or software access extends across the 
life of the contract, in line with the related performance obligations. Under the terms of the contract, the customer receives the 
right to access the software for an agreed period of time. Revenue is recognised over time, as the benefits of the software are 
consumed by the customer over the life of the license, in line with the inputs over the life of the contract or the related performance 
obligations, as applicable. 

Revenue is wholly attributable to the principal activities of the Group. For all revenue types, payment is typically due between 30 
and 60 days after the invoice date or receipt of invoice, depending on the client and geography. 

Segmental reporting 
An operating segment is a component of the Group: 

(i)  That engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses 

relating to transactions with other components of the same entity); 

(ii) Whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors in order to make decisions about resources to be 

allocated to that component and assess its performance; and 

(iii) For which discrete financial information is available. 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision 
maker, as required by IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”. The chief operating decision maker is responsible for allocating resources 
and assessing performance of the operating segments, and has been identified as the Board of Directors.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are consistent with the accounting policies of the Group as a whole. Segment 
profit represents the gross profit earned by each segment without allocation of administrative expenses, interest payable and tax. 
This is the measure of profit that is reported to the Board of Directors for the purpose of resource allocation and the assessment 
of segment performance.

The Board regularly reviews consolidated operating results to make decisions about the financial and organisational resources of 
the Group and to assess overall performance.

Employee benefits 
Defined contribution pension plan
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity and will have a legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Contributions to defined contribution schemes are 
charged to the statement of comprehensive income as they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme. 
Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions paid are shown as either accruals or pre-payments in 
the statement of financial position.

Share-based payments
The cost of share-based employee compensation arrangements, whereby employees receive remuneration in the form of shares 
or share options, is recognised as an employee benefit expense in the statement of profit or loss. 

The total expense to be apportioned over the vesting period of the benefit is determined by reference to the fair value (excluding 
the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. 

In determining the fair value of share-based payments under IFRS 2, management has considered a number of internal and 
external factors in order to judge the probability that management and employee share incentives may vest. Such judgements 
involve estimating future performance and other non market-based factors. 

Annual Report 2020128

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued
At the end of each reporting period the assumptions underlying the number of awards expected to vest are adjusted for the effects 
of non market-based vesting conditions to reflect the conditions prevailing at that date. The impact of any revisions to the original 
estimates is recognised in the statement of profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. Fair value is measured by 
the use of a binomial model. The assumptions have been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of 
non-transferability, lack of dividend until vesting and exercise restrictions.

The fair value calculations have been externally assessed as reasonable in the circumstances. 

Other benefits
The Group operates a profit share bonus scheme that aims to pay employees a percentage of an individual’s salary, subject to 
country-level corporate performance in the period. The profit share is accrued in the financial year, based on management’s best 
estimates of the staff bonuses to be paid considering the overall financial performance and recognised as an employee benefit 
expense in the income statement.

Short-term employee benefits including holiday pay are accrued as services are rendered. 

Earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share on an IFRS and adjusted basis. In calculating the weighted average 
number of shares outstanding during the period, any share restructuring is adjusted to allow comparability with other periods. 

The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares, which arise from 
share options outstanding and shares held in Treasury or the Company’s employee benefit trust (“EBT”). All shares held in 
Treasury or the Company’s EBT will be used to satisfy future share awards or vests, and therefore have been treated as dilutive. 
A calculation is performed to determine the number of share options that are potentially dilutive based on the number of shares 
that could have been acquired at fair value, considering the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding 
share options. 

Adjusted earnings per share has been calculated after allowing for adjusting items explained in note 4 to the financial statements.

Alternative performance measures
In order to provide further information on the underlying performance of the Group, Alpha uses alternative performance measures. 
The measures are not defined under IFRS and they may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures. 
These non-GAAP measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, any IFRS measures of performance, but have 
been included as the Directors consider them to be helpful measures used within the business for assessing the underlying 
performance of the Group’s ongoing business across periods. The disclosure of these measures within the financial statements 
is designed to provide the user with equivalent information, and to supplement those measures disclosed under IFRS. The Group 
perform a reconciliation for each APM, which includes disclosure of the most directly reconcilable line item, subtotal or total 
presented under IFRS within the financial statements. Please also refer to note 4. 

Dividends policy
Dividends proposed by the Board are recognised in the financial statements when they have been approved by shareholders at 
the AGM. Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid. 

Prior year adjustment - Revenue including rechargeable expenses
In line with IFRS 15 Para. B35B, revenue has been restated to be recognised on a gross basis and the fees and associated 
rechargeable expenses are disaggregated and shown separately. This change in presentation has arisen from the Group’s 
reassessment of the principal versus agent considerations guidance in IFRS 15 with regard to rechargeable expenses arrangements, 
following a review letter from the Financial Reporting Council. This represents a prior year adjustment under IAS 8 – Accounting 
Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and has been applied retrospectively from the earliest comparative period 
disclosed within these financial statements. 

This change has no impact on the Company’s profits or net asset position.

The impact of this change has been to increase revenue and rechargeable expenses by £2.0m in FY 20 and £1.7m in FY 19.

Annual Report 2020129

New accounting standards and interpretations
The following changes in accounting policies were applied by the Group in these consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 31 March 2020. These included the adoption of new standards and interpretations described below.

The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) have issued the following 
standards and interpretations, which are now effective:

• 
• 

IFRS 16 Leases (IFRS 16); and 
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (IFRIC 23)

The Directors reviewed the nature and effect that these new standards have had on the Group and summarised the assessed 
impact below. These standards have been adopted by the Group: 

IFRS 16 – Leases (effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019)
IFRS 16 Leases is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and is therefore applicable to the current period. 
This standard replaces accounting treatment for leases previously depicted in IAS 17. IFRS 16 introduced a single lessee 
accounting model whereby a lessee is required to recognise a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of 
more than 12 months. The depreciation on the right-of-use asset will be accounted for separately from the interest expense 
incurred on the lease liability in the income statement.

Nature of leases within the Group
The Group leases office premises in various jurisdictions. Leases are negotiated on an individual basis, and for a variety of terms 
over which rentals are fixed with break clauses and options to extend for a further period at the then prevailing market rate. 
Rental agreements to which IFRS 16 has been applied span anywhere from 18 months to 10 years. Contracts may contain both 
lease and non-lease components. Non-lease components are separately identifiable and excluded from the lease for the 
purpose of IFRS 16 implementation.

The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the 
lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Alongside the rental leases associated with the office spaces, Alpha also hold leases over associated car parking facilities and 
leases associated with office equipment. These form the population of leases subject to review under IFRS 16.

Adoption methodology
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 on a modified retrospective approach for transition and has not restated comparative amounts, 
which are shown under IAS 17. The Group recognised the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard as an 
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at 1 April 2019. Please see note 7 for further details on the impact of the 
adoption of this new standard. 

The Group has used the practical expedients permitted by IFRS 16 in relation to accounting for leases with a remaining lease term 
of less than 12 months as at 1 April 2019 as ‘short-term leases’, and those with a low value as ‘low value leases’. Consequently, 
no lease liability or right-of-use asset was calculated thereon. These leases are expensed in the statement of profit and loss.

Measurement of lease liabilities
On initial recognition of a new lease, the lease liability is recognised as the present value of future payments, discounted using 
the incremental borrowing rate (unless the interest implicit to the lease is available for use).

Lease payments to be made subsequent to optional termination options have been included within the lease liability 
measurement, where it is reasonably certain that such options will be exercised.

Lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be easily determined, the incremental 
borrowing rate is applied, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an 
asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

The Group accounts for lease payments by allocating them to a finance cost element and against the lease liability. The finance 
cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period. 

Annual Report 2020130

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued
When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease (because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee 
extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts the carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to make 
over the revised term, which are discounted using a revised discount rate. In such cases, an equivalent adjustment is made to 
the carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease 
term. If the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is adjusted to zero, any further reduction is recognised in profit or loss.

In determining the incremental borrowing rate, the Group has:

•  Adopted the rate implicit in the lease, where this rate can be readily determined, or used the Incremental Borrowing Rates 

(“IBR”) as assessed for each lease.

•  Made adjustments to the IBR for relevant factors such as lease term, lease value, country and asset specific considerations.

The Group has no material exposure to variable lease payments that qualify for accounting treatment under IFRS 16.

Measurement of right-of-use assets
The right-of-use asset for lease agreements entered into after transition date is measured on initial recognition as the amount 
equal to the lease liability on initial measurement, less any lease incentives, plus any initial direct costs. Right-of-use assets are 
depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Initial adoption of the standard has resulted in the recognition as at 1 April 2019 of right-of-use assets of £2.9m and lease 
liabilities of £2.9m. Refer to note 7 for further detail.

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 1 April 2019 was 4%.

The discounted remaining lease payments are reconciled to the lease liabilities recognised on initial application as follows:

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 March 2019 (restated)

Discounted using the average incremental borrowing rate

Less: short-term leases recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis

Other (UK printing lease not included in commitments as at 31 March 2019)

Lease liabilities recognised as at 1 April 2019

Of which are:

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Lease liabilities recognised as at 1 April 2019

The change in accounting policy affected the following items in the balance sheet on 1 April 2019:

Right-of-use assets

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax assets

Increase by

Increase by

Increase/ decrease

£’000

3,431

(405)

(140)

11

 2,897 

228

2,669

 2,897

2,897

2,897

6

IFRIC 23 – Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments (effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019)
The IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments’ interpretation is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019 and provides further clarification on how to apply the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’. 

IFRIC 23 has not had a material impact on the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020. 

There are no accounting standards that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group in 
the current or next reporting periods.

Annual Report 2020131

2. Segment information
Group management has determined the operating segments by considering the segment information that is reported internally 
to the chief operating decision maker, the Board of Directors. For management purposes, the Group is currently organised into 
three geographical operating divisions: UK, North America and Europe & Asia. The Group’s operations all consist of one type: 
consultancy and related services to the asset and wealth management industry. 

The Directors consider that there is a material level of operational support and linkage provided to the Group’s emerging 
territories in Asia and Europe as they develop their presence locally, and as such these clusters of territories have been deemed 
to constitute one operating segment.

Revenues associated with software licensing arrangements were immaterial in both the current and prior years. Therefore, the 
Directors consider disaggregating revenue by operating segments is most relevant to depict the nature, amount, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows as may be affected by economic factors. 

Segmental revenue

31 March 2020

Revenue

Rechargeable expenses

Net fee income32 

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Margin on net fee income33 (%)

Net assets

31 March 2019 (restated)

Revenue

Rechargeable expenses

Net fee income32

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Margin on net fee income33 (%)

Net assets

UK30  North America31  Europe & Asia30

£’000

 51,391

(864)

 50,527

(28,247)

 22,280

44.1%

 53,740

£’000

 15,222

(786)

 14,436

(9,672)

 4,764

33.0%

 9,556

£’000

 24,288

(327)

 23,961

(16,602)

 7,359

30.7%

 28,090

UK30 North America31

Europe & Asia30

£’000

 46,137

(796)

 45,341

(25,594)

 19,747

43.6%

 60,184

£’000

 9,879

(707)

 9,172

(7,514)

 1,658

18.1%

 6,258

£’000

 21,645

(198)

 21,447

(13,770)

 7,677

35.8%

 22,698

Total 
£’000

 90,901

(1,977)

 88,924

(54,521)

 34,403

38.7%

 91,386

Total 
£’000

 77,661

(1,701)

 75,960

(46,878)

 29,082

38.3%

 89,140

During the year, the Group had no customers that comprised more than 10% of the Group’s revenues, with the largest customer 
comprising 8.0%. One customer contributed £8.1m, or 10.4% of Group revenues in FY 19. The largest customer was different in 
each of FY 19 & FY 20. 

The Group’s central net assets have been allocated to the UK operating segment, with the exception of Goodwill balances, 
which have been allocated to operating segments in line with note 12.

30  Alpha Data Solutions (“ADS”) revenue, previously shown within Europe & Asia, in the current year is included in the UK segment in line with the ADS 
business growth and focus. To allow for easier comparison, this has been restated in the comparative period. Within Europe & Asia, France is a 
material entity and generated profits after tax of £1.1m (FY 19: £1.9m) and revenue of £11.2m (FY 19: £12.1m)

31  North America replaces previously used “US” as a geographic segment, taking into consideration an office in Canada through the acquisition by the 

Group of Axxsys

32  Net fee income is revenue stated before incidental expenses recharged to clients. As noted in note 1, the Group has aligned to IFRS 15 para B35B to 
show revenue on a gross basis including these associated rechargeable expenses. The Directors assess performance across the Group before such 
rechargeable expenses as it is considered that this alternative performance measure better indicates the underlying productive operating 
performance of the Group. Further detail is set out in note 4

33  Margin on net fee income is gross profit expressed as a percentage of net fee income. Please refer to note 4 for further detail

Annual Report 2020132

3. Operating profit
Operating profit for the period is stated after charging/(crediting):

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of plant and equipment

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

Rental expense

Impairment provision recognised on trade receivables

Defined contribution pension scheme costs

Note

7

Share-based payments charge

Earn-out & deferred consideration

Integration costs

Acquisition costs

Auditor’s remuneration:

Audit fees – parent company

Audit fees – subsidiary companies

Other assurance services

FY 20
£’000

 3,804

 1,022

(80)

 597

 76

 952

 1,307

 2,761

 509

 488

FY 20
£’000

 50

 142

 10

FY 19
£’000

 2,586

 263

(116)

 903

 1

 453

 872

 295

 -

 -

FY 19
£’000

 33

 57

 10

All auditor remuneration relates to audit fees and associated assurance services. There were no additional advisory services 
provided by the auditor to the Group in both the current and prior years.

4. Reconciliations to alternative performance measures (“APMs”) 
Alpha uses APMs that are not defined or specific under the requirements of IFRS. The APMs, including net fee income, margin 
on net fee income, adjusted profit before tax, adjusted operating profit, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash conversion and organic 
growth, are provided to allow stakeholders a further understanding of the underlying trading performance of the Group and aid 
comparability between accounting periods, and are not considered a substitute for or superior to IFRS measures. 

Net fee income
The Group disaggregates revenue into net fee income and expenses recharged to clients. Net fee income provides insight into 
the Group’s productive output and is used by the Board to set budgets and measure performance. This APM is reconciled on 
the face of the income statement and net fee income by segment is reconciled to revenue in note 2.

Annual Report 2020Reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax, adjusted operating profit and adjusted EBITDA

Profit before tax

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Share-based payments charge

Earn-out and deferred consideration

Acquisition costs

Integration costs

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

Adjusting items

Non-underlying finance expenses

Adjusted profit before tax

Net underlying finance expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation of plant and equipment

Amortisation of capitalised development costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)

Note

 12

 14

 21

 13

 6

 6

 7, 14

 12

FY 20
£’000

 9,294

 3,376

 11

 1,307

 2,761

 488

 509

(80)

 8,372

 951

 18,617

 181

 18,798

 1,022

 428

 20,248

22.8%

133

FY 19
£’000

 12,520

 2,586

 6

 872

 295

 -

 -

(116)

 3,643

 -

 16,163

 52

 16,215

 263

 -

 16,478

21.7%

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA is a commonly used operating measure, which is defined by the Group as earnings stated before non-cash 
items including intangible asset amortisation, depreciation, net finance expenses and other non-operating expenses. Adjusted 
EBITDA is a measure that is used by management and the Board to assess trading performance across the Group, and forms 
the basis of the performance measures for aspects of remuneration, including consultant profit share. 

Adjusted EBITDA also excludes the employee share-based payments charge and related social taxes. This allows comparability 
between periods as the Group’s share option plans were established on AIM admission; aligns more closely with the operational 
activities of the business; accounts for the fact that the charge is a non-cash item and the fact that estimated future social taxes 
payable fluctuate with the future market value of shares. This has been applied consistently across reporting periods. Note 21 
sets out further details of the employee share-based payments expense calculation under IFRS 2. 

As per note 13, the acquisition of Axxsys and Obsidian in the current year involved deferred contingent and non-contingent 
consideration payments, which, in accordance with IFRS 3, will be expensed annually over several years, dependent on the 
ongoing employment of the respective vendors. This cost has been removed to calculate adjusted EBITDA as, whilst it will recur 
in the short term, it represents additional payments linked to these acquisitions and not operational performance. In the prior 
period, the employment-linked deferred consideration relating to the acquisition of TrackTwo was similarly adjusted. 

Similarly, the impact of foreign currency volatility in translating underlying trading of the Group to the Group’s functional currency 
has been excluded from the calculation of adjusted EBITDA on the basis that such exchange rate movements do not reflect the 
underlying trends or operational performance of the Group. 

Other acquisition costs expensed in the current year relating to the Axxsys and Obsidian acquisitions have also been excluded 
from adjusted EBITDA as they are not directly attributable to the ongoing trading performance of the Group. This is consistent 
with the treatment applied to prior other acquisitions and the AIM admission costs excluded in previous years. 

Integration costs to align the acquired Obsidian product suite security and to integrate the technology protocols with the ADS 
360 SalesVista product directly result from the acquisition of Obsidian, and have been managed as a discrete short-term project 
subsequent to the acquisition in early FY 21. These costs are excluded to allow clarity on the underlying operational 
performance of the Group between periods.

Annual Report 2020134

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
4. Reconciliations to Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”) continued
Adjusted EBITDA is also shown under IAS 17, which preceded the IFRS 16 Leases accounting standard. This allows comparability 
between accounting periods, as IFRS 16 was adopted in the current year on a modified retrospective approach. A further 
reconciliation is set out in note 7. Adjusted EBITDA margin is noted on the previous page. 

Reconciliation of underlying administrative expenses

Administrative expenses

Adjusting items

Depreciation of plant and equipment

Amortisation of capitalised development costs

Adjusted group administrative expenses

Lease liability payments

IAS 17 adjusted group administrative expenses

Note

 7, 14

 12

7

FY 20
£’000

 23,977

(8,372)

(1,022)

(428)

FY 19
£’000

 16,510

(3,643)

(263)

 -

 14,155

 12,604

835

 -

 14,990

 12,604

Adjusted Group administrative expenses are administrative expenses excluding adjusting items, depreciation and amortisation of 
capitalised development costs and is used by the Board to monitor the underlying administrative costs of the business. IAS 17 
adjusted Group administrative expenses includes lease liability payments, which are not recorded as administrative expenses 
under IFRS 16, to allow comparability between periods. On a comparable basis, underlying administrative expenses grew 18.9% 
to £15m. 

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax is an alternative performance measure, which allows comparability of the Group’s underlying performance 
following its modified retrospective adoption of IFRS 16 (see note 7). Lease asset depreciation and related finance expenses are 
included within adjusted profit before tax. This measure also reflects the increased underlying amortisation charges arising from 
the recently capitalised costs of ADS product development. This measure will likely be of increasing importance in allowing 
comparability across periods as the ADS business grows further in future years. 

In addition to these adjustments to administrative expenses, the related unwinding of the discounted contingent and non-
contingent acquisition consideration within finance expenses is also considered a non-operating adjusting item to adjusted 
profit before tax. 

Reconciliation to adjusted profit after tax and adjusted EPS

Adjusted profit before tax

Tax charge

Tax impact of adjusting items

Adjusted profit after tax

FY 20
£’000

FY 19
£’000

 18,617

 16,163

(3,127)

(1,142)

(3,321)

(602)

 14,348

 12,240

Adjusted profit after tax and adjusted earnings per share metrics are further alternative performance measures, similarly used to 
allow a further understanding of the underlying performance of the Group. Adjusted profit after tax is stated before adjusting 
items and their associated tax effects. The associated tax effects are calculated by applying the relevant effective tax rate to 
allowable expenses that have been excluded as adjusting items.

Adjusted EPS is calculated by dividing the adjusted profit after tax for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Adjusted diluted EPS is calculated by dividing 
adjusted profit after tax by number of shares as above, adjusted for the impact of potential ordinary shares. Potential ordinary 
shares are only treated as dilutive when their conversion to ordinary shares would decrease EPS (or increase loss per share). 
Refer to note 11 for further detail.

Annual Report 2020Adjusted EPS

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted diluted EPS

135

FY 20
p

 14.21 

 13.62 

FY 19
p

 12.05 

 11.77 

Profit margins
Margin on net fee income and adjusted EBITDA margins are calculated using gross profit and adjusted EBITDA expressed as a 
percentage of net fee income. These margins represent the margin that the Group earns on its productive output, excluding nil 
or negligible margin expense recharges to clients over which the Group has limited control, and allows comparability of the 
business output between periods. Such adjusted margins are used by the management team and the Board to assess the 
performance of the Group. 

Profits and margins without IFRS 16 are also shown within the Chief Financial Officer’s Report on p. 111 to allow better 
comparability between years, as IFRS 16 was adopted on a modified retrospective basis. 

Adjusted cash conversion

Net cash generated from operating activities

Employment-linked acquisition payments

Acquisition costs

Adjusted cash generated from operating activities

FY 20
£’000

FY 19
£’000

 18,208

 16,368

 1,200

 488

 -

 -

 19,896

 16,368

Adjusted cash generated from operating activities excludes any employment-linked acquisition payments and other acquisition 
costs expensed in the year, treated as operating cash flows under IFRS, in order to exclude the effect of cash payments relating 
to acquisitions from underlying operating performance.

Cash conversion

Adjusted cash conversion

FY 20
%

175%

106%

FY 19
%

130%

101%

Cash conversion is stated as net cash generated from operating activities expressed as a percentage of operating profit.

Adjusted cash conversion is stated as adjusted cash generated from operating activities expressed as a percentage of adjusted 
operating profit.

Organic growth
Organic revenue growth of 7.7% for the current year represents FY 20 revenue less £7.3m revenue attributable to the acquisitions 
completed during the year.

Constant currency growth
The Group operates in multiple jurisdictions and generates revenues and profits in various currencies. Those results are translated 
on consolidation at the foreign exchange rates prevailing in that period. These exchange rates vary from year to year, so the Group 
presents some of its results on a “constant currency” basis. This means that the current year’s results have been retranslated 
using the average exchange rates from the prior year to allow for comparison of year-on-year results, eliminating the effects of 
volatility in exchange rates. 

Currency translation had a minimal impact on both net fee income and profits in FY 20, as a result of a flat average sterling, 
against key currencies. In the year, sterling averaged $1.28 (FY 19: $1.31) and €1.15 (FY 19: €1.13). Currency translation 
immaterially increased FY 20 net fee income by £0.3m (0.4%).

Annual Report 2020136

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

5. Staff costs
The average number of employees employed by the Group, where “employees” includes Executive Directors but excludes 
contractors, was:

UK

North America

Europe & Asia

Administration

Average headcount

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payment charge

Total staff costs

FY 20
Number

FY 19
Number

 174

 53

 128

 42

 397

FY 20
£’000

 42,178

 5,076

 952

 1,307

 49,513

 145

 49

 110

 32

 336

FY 19
£’000

 35,638

 4,083

 453

 872

 41,046

The Directors are considered to be the key management personnel and details of the Directors’ remuneration, including salary, 
share option awards, pension and other benefits, are included in the tables within the “summary of Directors’ remuneration” and 
“equity interests and awards of equity” sections of the Remuneration Committee Report on pp. 96-97. 

The share-based payment charge, including social security taxes, in respect of key management personnel was £136,000 
(FY 19: £79,000).

6. Finance income and expenses

Bank interest receivable

Interest payable on bank loans and overdraft

Interest on lease liabilities

Total underlying finance expenses

Net underlying finance expenses

Non–underlying finance expenses

Total finance expenses

Note

 7

4

4

FY 20
£’000

1

(53)

(129)

(182)

(181)

(951)

(1,133)

FY 19
£’000

 –

(52)

 –

(52)

(52)

 –

(52)

Annual Report 2020137

7. Leases
As set out in note 1, the Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases during the year using the Modified Retrospective approach. This 
new accounting standard replaces accounting treatment for leases previously depicted in IAS 17. IFRS 16 introduced a single 
lessee accounting model whereby a lessee is required to recognise a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a 
term of more than 12 months.

Right–of–use assets

Cost

At 1 April 2019

Additions

Disposals and other movements

Exchange adjustments

At 31 March 2020

Depreciation

At 1 April 2019

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 31 March 2020

Net book value at 31 March 2020

A summary of the Group’s lease liabilities as at 31 March 2020 is presented below:

Current

Non–current

Total lease liabilities

Buildings
£’000

Equipment 
under lease
£’000

 2,886

 377

 –

 101

 3,364

 –

(760)

 –

(760)

 2,604

 11

 –

 –

 –

 11

 –

(4)

 –

(4)

 7

Total
£’000

 2,897

 377

 –

 101

 3,375

 –

(764)

 –

(764)

 2,611

31 March 2020
£’000

1 April 2019
£’000

 791

 1,878

 2,669

 228

 2,669

 2,897

Interest expense recognised in the year arising from the above lease liabilities amounted to £0.1m.

The income statement records, within operating profit, £0.6m relating to leases not within the scope of IFRS 16, such as leases 
with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 April 2019 and therefore treated as “short-term leases”, and those 
with a low value and therefore treated as “low value leases”. Variable service charge costs associated with the Group’s property 
leases represent future outflows relating to the lease arrangements that are also not included within the IFRS 16 lease liability. 
These currently amount to £0.1m per annum and are expensed as incurred. Refer to note 3. 

The Group has no income associated with sub-leasing arrangements, or gains/losses associated with sale-and-leaseback 
transactions in the current year.

Detailed accounting policies related to the implementation of IFRS 16 are set out in note 1.

Annual Report 2020138

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
7. Leases continued
In order to aid comparability between periods, the table below shows the income statement captions to 31 March 2020 as if 
IFRS 16 had not been adopted:

FY 20
under IAS 17
£’000

IFRS 16
adjustments
£’000

FY 20
under IFRS 16
£’000

Continuing operations

Revenue

Rechargeable expenses

Net fee income

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administration expenses

Operating profit

Depreciation

Amortisation of capital development costs

Adjusting items

Adjusted EBITDA

Net finance expenses

Profit before tax

8. Taxation

Current tax

In respect of the current year

Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Foreign taxation

Deferred tax

In respect of the current year

Change in tax rate

Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Total tax expense for the year

 90,901

(1,977)

 88,924

(54,521)

 34,403

(24,048)

 10,355

 258

 428

 8,372

 19,413

(1,003)

 9,352

 –

 –

–

 –

 –

 71

 71

 764

 –

 –

 835

(129)

(58)

FY 20
£’000

 2,473

(372)

 1,243

(829)

 426

 186

 90,901

(1,977)

 88,924

(54,521)

 34,403

(23,977)

 10,426

 1,022

 428

 8,372

 20,248

(1,132)

 9,294

FY 19
£’000

 2,433

(274)

 1,397

(460)

 13

 212

 3,127

 3,321

Annual Report 2020139

The difference between the total tax expense shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK 
corporation tax to the profit before tax is as follows:

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Tax on profit on ordinary activities at standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 19%)

Effects of:

Fixed asset differences

Expenses not deductible for taxation

Income not taxable for tax purposes

Differences due to overseas tax rates

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Adjustments in respect of prior periods – deferred tax

Change in deferred tax rate

Deferred tax not recognised

Total tax expense for the year

FY 20
£’000

 9,294

 1,766

(1)

 1,042

 –

 74

(372)

 186

 406

 26

FY 19
£’000

 12,520

 2,381

 3

 99

 –

 887

(274)

 212

 13

 –

 3,127

 3,321

Expenses not deductible for taxation relate mainly to employment-linked acquisition consideration, treated as capital for tax purposes.

9. Deferred tax

At 1 April

Arising on business combinations

Charged to the statement of profit or loss

Effect of tax rate change on opening balance

Effect of changes in accounting standards

Charged directly to equity

At 31 March

FY 20
£’000

 3,193

 1,467

(217)

 –

(7)

 2

FY 19
£’000

 3,401

 –

(235)

 –

 –

 27

 4,438

 3,193

The UK corporation tax rate legislation announced is set to hold the corporation tax rate at 19% for the 2019/20 and 2020/21 
tax years. This rate has been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax for the year ended 31 March 2020. 

Movements in deferred tax during the year

Accelerated capital allowances

Short–term timing differences

Share options

Arising on business combinations

1 April 2019
£’000

Recognised 
in income
£’000

Recognised 
in equity
£’000

Recognised 
on business
combinations
£’000

Effect of changes 
in accounting 
standards
£’000

31 March 2020
£’000

 21

(194)

(345)

 3,711

 3,193

 26

 180

(174)

(249)

(217)

 –

 –

 2

 –

 2

 –

 –

 –

 1,467

 1,467

(7)

 –

 –

 –

(7)

 40

(14)

(517)

 4,929

 4,438

Annual Report 2020140

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
9. Deferred tax continued
The below table sets out the reconciliation of the net deferred tax liability: 

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax liabilities

FY 20
£’000

 4,984

(546)

 4,438

FY 19
£’000

 3,728

(535)

 3,193

Deferred tax assets recognised within these consolidated financial statements represent the future tax effect of share-based 
payment charges in respect of awards that have yet to vest and similarly on the initial recognition of right-of-use lease assets 
under IFRS 16. Deductions in excess of the cumulative share-based payment charge recognised in the statement of profit and 
loss are recognised in equity.

Deferred tax liabilities represent the future tax impact arising from temporary timing differences between accounting and tax 
treatments including those of the initial recognition of acquired intangible assets and the tax rate that is expected to apply as the 
liability is settled. The closing deferred tax liability arising on business combinations reflects the tax effect of these temporary 
differences at 31 March 2020.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to do so and when the deferred taxes relate 
to the same fiscal authority. 

10. Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders:

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 2.10p (FY 19: 1.91p) per share

No proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 (FY 19: 4.09p per share)

Total dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 2.10p (FY 19: 6.00p) per share

The Directors have not proposed a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020. 

FY 20
£’000

 2,121

 –

 2,121

FY 19
£’000

 1,938

 4,135

 6,073

11. Earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted EPS data, both adjusted and non-adjusted for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated 
by dividing the profit or loss for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
fully outstanding during the period. Potential ordinary shares are only treated as dilutive when their conversion to ordinary shares 
would decrease EPS (or increase loss per share). 

Annual Report 2020141

In order to reconcile to the adjusted profit for the financial period, the same adjustments as in note 4 have been made to the Group’s 
profit for the financial period. The profits and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below:

Basic & Diluted EPS

Profit/(loss) for the financial year used in calculating basic and diluted EPS (£’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (’000)

Number of dilutive shares (’000)

Year ended
31 March 2020

Year ended
31 March 2019

 6,167

 9,199

 101,003

 101,604

 4,341

 2,416

Weighted average number of ordinary shares, including potentially dilutive shares (’000)

 105,344

 104,020

Basic EPS (p)

Diluted EPS (p)

Adjusted EPS

 6.11

 5.85

 9.05

 8.84

Adjusted profit for the financial year used in calculating adjusted basic and diluted EPS (note 4) (£’000)

 14,348

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (’000)

Number of dilutive shares (’000)

 101,003

 4,341

 12,240

 101,604

 2,416

Weighted average number of ordinary shares, including potentially dilutive shares (’000)

 105,344

 104,020

Adjusted EPS (p)

Adjusted diluted EPS (p)

 14.21

 13.62

 12.05

 11.77

Earnings per share is calculated based on the share capital of the Company and the earnings of the Group. 

12. Goodwill and intangible fixed assets
Goodwill

Cost at beginning of the year

Additions

Gains/(losses) from foreign exchange

Cost at end of the year

FY 20
£’000

 55,162

 8,469

 922

 64,553

FY 19
£’000

 52,626

 –

 2,536

 55,162

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets 
of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is represented by assets that do not qualify for separate recognition 
and includes the potential synergy benefits of combining the intellectual property and talents of the teams into the Group.

In prior years, goodwill was recognised upon the acquisitions of Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited by Alpha Financial Markets 
Consulting plc in February 2016 and TrackTwo GmbH in July 2017, and is the difference between the consideration paid and the 
fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

In the current year, goodwill additions have been as a result of the acquisitions of Axxsys Limited and its subsidiaries, and 
Obsidian Solutions Limited, adding £2.6m and £5.8m goodwill respectively. 

In line with IAS 36, the carrying value of goodwill is not subject to systematic amortisation but is reviewed at least annually for 
impairment. The review assesses each cash-generating unit (“CGU”) to which goodwill has been allocated for impairment by 
comparing the carrying amount of the unit, including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount of the unit. The carrying values 
of goodwill have been assessed by reference to value in use. These have been estimated using cash flows from the most recent 
forecasts prepared by management. 

Annual Report 2020142

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
12. Goodwill and intangible fixed assets continued
The cash generating units have been classified in line with our operating segments, and are driven by shared senior management 
at a strategic and local operational level. Therefore, the CGUs considered for impairment testing are UK, North America and Europe 
& Asia, in line with our operating segments. The Directors consider that there is also a material level of operational support and 
linkage provided to the Group’s emerging territories in Asia and Europe as they develop their presence locally, and as such these 
clusters of territories have been assessed as constituting one CGU for impairment purposes. The goodwill allocated to the CGUs 
is as follows:

Goodwill by cash-generating unit 

UK

North America

Europe & Asia

At end of the year

FY 20
£’000

 38,902

 8,487

 17,164

 64,553

Restated34
FY 19
£’000

 32,338

 7,790

 15,034

 55,162

Key assumptions
The principal value in use assumptions for goodwill balances considered to be individually significant and that underlie the 
calculation of value in use for each CGU are the assumptions relating to the underlying trading used to estimate the future CGU 
cash flows, including future CGU growth rates and margins, and the pre-tax discount rate used to discount these estimated 
cash flows to present values. 

In all cases, the budget for the following financial year forms the basis for the cash flow projections for a CGU. The cash flow 
projections for the four years subsequent to the budget year reflect the Directors’ expectations of the medium-term operating 
performance of the CGU and the growth prospects in the CGU’s market, reflecting a range of factors specific to the circumstances 
associated with each CGU. 

For goodwill impairment testing, the near-term FY 21 budget assumptions were sensitised further to reflect a greater impact of 
the outbreak of COVID-19 and the associated uncertainty in cash flow projections. Following this period, the Directors modelled 
a recovery in cash generation.

Underlying revenue growth assumptions from FY 23 to FY 25 range from an average annual growth of 5.7% to 15.0% over the 
medium-term and are assessed on a period-by-period basis reflecting market conditions, including the relative size of each 
CGU and the maturity level of operations in the territory, in the determination of the future estimated cash flows for value in use.

Thereafter, a perpetuity long-term growth rate is applied ranging between 1.00% and 1.10% depending on the CGU, based on 
the longer term economic outlooks of those economies and our longer term assessment of the prospects of those businesses. 

To discount these cash flows to present value, CGU specific pre-tax discount rates have been applied to reflect the market 
assessment of the time value of money and the specific risk profile of each CGU, including consideration of the relative size of 
each CGU, the maturity level of operations in the territory, and local market risk metrics. The Group bases its estimate for the 
pre-tax discount rate on its weighted average cost of capital. The weighted average pre-tax discount rate for the Group was 
determined to be 14.2% (FY 19: 15.8%). CGU specific discount rates have been applied to reflect CGU specific risks.

The table below summarises the assumptions used for each CGU:

UK

North America

Europe and Asia

Pre-tax discount rate

Medium-term growth rate

Long-term growth rate

FY 20

13.7%

15.7%

14.6%

FY 19

12.4%

12.4%

12.4%

FY 20

5.7%

15.0%

7.2%

FY 19

5.5%

5.5%

5.5%

FY 20

1.0%

1.1%

1.0%

FY 19

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

34  Alpha Data Solutions (“ADS”) goodwill, previously shown within Europe & Asia, in the current year is included in the UK segment in line with the ADS 

business growth and focus. To allow for easier comparison, this has been restated in the comparative period

Annual Report 2020143

Sensitivity
The Group has considered a range of factors including the impact of COVID-19 on the value in use estimate for each CGU. 

In assessing goodwill impairment review, discount rates applied would have to increase by between 4.9% to 16.5%, dependent 
on the CGU, to result in value in use headroom falling to nil for any CGU. The Directors also consider that no reasonably possible 
change to the long-term growth rates could result in impairment of goodwill for any CGU given the prudent assumptions, 
summarised in the table above. 

Management does not expect a material change in the discount rate in any of its CGUs for the year ended 31 March 2020. As such, 
in order to address uncertainty surrounding the extent of the implications of COVID-19 on goodwill impairment considerations, the 
Group has applied a cash flow sensitivity to reflect a recessionary trading environment over the next 12 months, with a recovery 
of revenue post COVID-19 restrictive measures to continue over a more protracted period than assumed in the Group’s 
impairment review base case. The medium-term growth rate in FY 23 to FY 25 assumed would need to reduce to between -6.9% 
and -15.2%, depending on the CGU, for the value in use headroom to fall to nil. 

The Directors have considered whether a reasonably possible change in the assumptions would erode the headroom or give rise 
to a material adjustment to any carrying value in the next 12 months. The Directors do not consider that a reasonably possible 
change in assumptions could result in a reduction in headroom to nil for any CGU. 

Foreign exchange translation
As disclosed in the Annual Report & Accounts 2019, the Directors identified that, following the Group’s transition to IFRS in the 
period ended 31 March 2018, the requirement under IAS21.47 to treat goodwill allocated to foreign operations as if it were an asset 
of the foreign operations to which it relates, and to retranslate the balance at the year end, had not been applied. At 31 March 2019, 
goodwill had been appropriately retranslated. The Directors believe the key metrics of relevance to users are underlying profits 
for the year and earnings per share. As this change had no impact on the statement of profit or loss, the statement of cash flows 
or earnings per share in the prior or earlier periods; and as the net prior period impact was not material in the context of the 
overall carrying amount of goodwill or net assets (an increase of less than 3%), the Directors judged it appropriate to recognise 
the amount relating to prior periods in other comprehensive income in the year ended 31 March 2019.

Intangible fixed assets
As at 31 March 2020

Order 
Backlog

Customer
relationships
£’000

Intellectual
property
£’000

Note

Cost

At the start of the year

Recognised on acquisitions

13

Additions

 –

 1,308

 –

 20,068

 4,211

 –

At the end of the year – total

 1,308

 24,279

Amortisation

At the start of the year

Charge for the year

At the end of the year – total

Net book value

 –

(635)

(635)

 673

(5,234)

(1,967)

(7,201)

 17,078

 2,086

 1,302

 –

 3,388

(759)

(389)

(1,148)

 2,240

Trade
name
£’000

 5,630

 602

 –

 6,232

(1,414)

(385)

(1,799)

 4,433

Capitalised
development
costs
£’000

 441

 –

 1,387

 1,828

(50)

(428)

(478)

 1,350

Total
£’000

 28,225

 7,423

 1,387

 37,035

(7,457)

(3,804)

(11,261)

 25,774

Annual Report 2020144

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
12. Goodwill and intangible fixed assets continued
As at 31 March 2019

Cost

At the start of the year

Additions

At the end of the year – total

Amortisation

At the start of the year

Charge for the year

At the end of the year – total

Net book value

Customer
relationships
£’000

Intellectual
property
£’000

 20,068

 –

 20,068

(3,442)

(1,792)

(5,234)

 2,086

 –

 2,086

(499)

(260)

(759)

 14,834

 1,327

Trade
name
£’000

 5,630

 –

 5,630

(930)

(484)

(1,414)

 4,216

Capitalised
development
costs
£’000

 –

 441

 441

 –

(50)

(50)

Total
£’000

 27,784

 441

 28,225

(4,871)

(2,586)

(7,457)

 391

 20,768

Customer relationships
Customer relationships at the start of the period represent the fair value at the 3 February 2016 acquisition date of the customer 
relationships that were owned by, but not previously recognised as assets of, Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited, and customer 
relationships acquired as part of the TrackTwo GmbH acquisition in July 2017. 

Current year additions relate to the fair value of customer relationships from the acquisition of Axxsys Limited and Obsidian 
Solutions Limited. Refer to note 13 for further details.

The fair value has been determined by applying the Multi-Period Excess Earnings method to the cash flows expected to be earned 
from customer relationships. The key management assumptions are around forecast revenues, operating margins and discount 
factors. The value is the present value of the earnings the customer relationships generate, net of a reasonable return on other 
assets also contributing to that stream of earnings (contributory asset charges).

A useful economic life of 11–17 years has been deemed appropriate based on the average realisation rate of cumulative cash 
flows and benchmarked data for each respective acquisition. Projected cash flows have been discounted over this period. The 
amortisation charge is recognised in administrative expenses within the statement of comprehensive income. 

Intellectual property
Intellectual property at the start of the period represents the fair value at the 3 February 2016 acquisition date of the intellectual 
property that was owned by, but not previously recognised as assets of, Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited, and intellectual 
property acquired as part of the TrackTwo GmbH acquisition in July 2017.

Current year additions relate to the fair value of intellectual property acquired from Axxsys Limited and Obsidian Solutions Limited. 
Refer to note 13 for further details.

The fair value has been determined by applying the Relief from Royalty method to the cash flows earned from the intellectual 
property. The key management assumptions are around growth forecasts, discount factors and royalty percentage utilised. A 
useful economic life of 7 years has been deemed appropriate based on previous acquisitions and benchmarking data. Projected 
cash flows have been discounted over this period. The amortisation charge is recognised in administrative expenses within the 
statement of comprehensive income.

Trade name
Trade name intangible assets at the start of the period represent the fair value at the 3 February 2016 acquisition date of the trade 
name that was owned by, but not previously recognised as assets of, Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited, and the acquired 
intangible asset associated with the TrackTwo GmbH acquisition in July 2017.

Annual Report 2020145

Current year additions relate to the fair value of the trade names acquired from Axxsys Limited and Obsidian Solutions Limited. 
Refer to note 13 for further details.

The fair value has been determined by applying the Relief from Royalty method to the cash flows earned from the trade name. 
The key management assumptions are around growth forecasts, discount factors and royalty percentage utilised. A useful 
economic life of 10-15 years has been deemed appropriate based on previous acquisitions and benchmarking data. Projected 
cash flows have been discounted over this period. The amortisation charge is recognised in administrative expenses within the 
statement of comprehensive income. 

Order backlog
The order backlog intangible additions in the current year relate to the fair value of the order backlog acquired with Axxsys. The 
fair value has been determined by applying the Relief from Royalty method to the cash flows earned from the order backlog. 
The key management assumptions are around growth forecasts, discount factors and royalty percentage utilised. 

A useful economic life of 1−2 years has been deemed appropriate based on benchmarking reviews. Projected cash flows have 
been discounted over this period. The amortisation charge is recognised in administrative expenses within the statement of 
comprehensive income.

The remaining useful economic lives of each of the respective asset classes acquired on acquisition above are summarised in 
the table below.

Acquired Entity

Alpha FMC Group Holdings

TrackTwo GmbH

Axxsys Limited – UK

Axxsys Limited – North America/Nordics

Obsidian Solutions Limited

Customer
relationships
(years)

Intellectual
property
(years)

7.8

8.3

10.2

11.2

16.6

2.8

4.3

0.2

0.2

6.6

Trade
name
(years)

10.8

14.2

14.2

14.2

9.6

Order
backlog
(years)

0.2

0.2-1.2

Capitalised development costs
Capitalised development costs represent the costs incurred in the development enhancements to the 360 SalesVista software 
product within Alpha Data Solutions.

A useful economic life of 3 years has been deemed appropriate based on expected project lifecycle in development of new software.

The amortisation charge is recognised in administrative expenses within the statement of comprehensive income. There is an average 
of 2.6 years remaining to be amortised for the capitalised development costs in relation to the development of new software. 

13. Acquisition of business
Acquisitions in the period
Axxsys
On 5 June 2019, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital and voting interests of Axxsys Limited and subsidiaries. Axxsys 
has provided specialised management consultancy and technology implementation services to the investment management 
industry since 2003. 

The Group acquired Axxsys for £9 million cash in base consideration, payable partly on completion and also in non-contingent 
instalments over the two years following acquisition, plus an earn-out which may become payable in cash after the third anniversary 
of completion, contingent on Axxsys meeting certain earnings growth targets. The maximum earn-out payable is £5 million.

Of the £9m base consideration, £4.8m was paid during the year, of which £1.2m was employment-linked. The remaining £4.2m 
base consideration is due across the first and second anniversaries of the acquisition. Including the contingent earn-out and 
unwinding of discounting, a total £6.2m estimated consideration is recorded within liabilities, of which £1.9m is recorded in 
current liabilities and £4.3m in non-current liabilities. Any remaining employment-linked balance due will be expensed in the 
income statement per IFRS 3 proportionately until 2022.

Annual Report 2020146

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
13. Acquisition of business continued
The earn-out payments have been estimated by the Directors based on anticipated future earnings and discounted to current 
values. The unwinding of this earn-out discount annually shall be recognised as a finance cost, please refer to note 6. During the 
year, £0.6m of this discount unwinding was expensed as a non-underlying cost in relation to Axxsys. Given this expense 
includes estimation, were assumptions adjusted for performance to be 10% better than anticipated, the earn-out related 
expense for the year would increase by £0.1m; if performance was 10% worse than anticipated, the earn-out related expense 
for the year would decrease by £0.3m.

Axxsys contributed £7.1m to the Group’s revenue and £1.4m to the Group’s profit before tax for the period from the date of 
acquisition to the 31 March 2020. If the acquisition of Axxsys had been completed on 1 April 2019, Group revenues for the 
period would have been £92.3m and Group profit before tax would have been £9.5m.

Axxsys Limited

Acquiree’s net assets at the acquisition date:

Tangible fixed assets

Customer relationships

Order backlog

Trade name

Trade and other debtors

Cash

Trade and other creditors

Deferred tax liability

Note

Book
values
£’000

Fair value 
adjustments
£’000

Values on 
acquisition
£’000

 30

 –

 –

 –

 1,572

 374

(1,220)

 –

 756

 –

 4,067

 1,308

 284

 –

 –

 –

(1,166)

 4,493

 30

 4,067

 1,308

 284

 1,572

 374

(1,220)

(1,166)

 5,249

 7,890

2,641

Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired

Cash consideration relating to business combination

Goodwill on acquisition

12

Obsidian 
In addition to Axxsys Limited, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Obsidian Solutions Limited on 9 November 
2019. Obsidian provides specialised software products to the investment management industry. 

Of the £5.9m base consideration, £4.2m was paid on completion of the Obsidian acquisition. The remaining £1.7m base 
consideration is due six months from the date of acquisition. Including the contingent earn-out and unwinding of discounting, 
a total £4.3m estimated consideration is recorded within liabilities, of which £1.7m is recorded in current liabilities, and £2.6m 
contingent estimated earn-out consideration is recorded in non-current liabilities. Any remaining employment-related balance 
will be expensed through the income statement per IFRS 3 proportionately until 2023.

The earn-out payments have been estimated by the Directors based on anticipated future earnings and discounted to current 
values. The unwinding of this earn-out discount annually shall be recognised as a finance cost, refer to note 6. During the year, 
£0.4m of this discount unwinding was expensed in the year as a non-underlying cost in relation to Obsidian. Given this expense 
includes estimation, the value may be subject to change. As the maximum earn-out has been assumed, if performance were to 
be 10% worse than anticipated, the earn-out related expense for the year would decrease by £0.2m.

Obsidian contributed £0.2m to the Group’s revenue and £0.2m loss to the Group’s profit before tax for the period from the date 
of acquisition to the 31 March 2020. If the acquisition of Obsidian had been completed on 1 April 2019, Group revenues for the 
period would have been £91.5m and Group profit before tax would have been £9.6m.

Annual Report 2020Obsidian Solutions Limited

Acquiree’s net assets at the acquisition date:

Tangible fixed assets

Customer relationships

Trade name

Intellectual property

Trade and other debtors

Cash

Trade and other creditors

Deferred tax liability

147

Note

Book 
values
£’000

Fair value
adjustments
£’000

Values on
acquisition
£’000

 6

 –

 –

 –

 501

 155

(149)

 –

 513

 –

 146

 318

 6

 146

 318

 1,302

 1,302

 –

 –

 –

(300)

 1,466

 501

 155

(149)

(300)

 1,979

 7,807

5,828

Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired

Cash consideration relating to business combination

Goodwill on acquisition

12

These acquisitions have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value adjustments relate to the 
identification of separately identifiable intangibles and associated deferred tax liabilities. For the remaining assets and liabilities 
acquired, no fair value adjustments were identified. The tables above set out the book and fair values of the identifiable assets 
and liabilities acquired. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of 
the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiaries at the date of acquisition.

Acquisitions in prior periods
As part of the acquisition of TrackTwo GmbH in 2017, the Group agreed an earn-out arrangement and a final ownership consideration 
based on the financial performance of TrackTwo over the 3-year period to July 2020, subject to continuous employment of the 
vendor until July 2020, as previously disclosed. In the current year, the Group has netted off £0.2m within the earn-out and deferred 
consideration charge relating to amounts previously provided for these consideration arrangements, to reflect the expected final 
payment in July 2020.

The below table summarises the deferred and contingent consideration balances in relation to acquisitions held within current 
and non-current liabilities as at 31 March 2020: 

Axxsys Limited

Obsidian Solutions Limited

TrackTwo GmbH

Total

Current
£’000

 1,890

 1,709

 100

 3,699

Non-current
£’000

 4,294

 2,570

 –

Total
£’000

 6,184

 4,279

 100

 6,864

 10,563

Annual Report 2020148

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

14. Tangible fixed assets

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Fixtures, fittings 
and equipment
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Cost

At 1 April 2018

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2020

Depreciation

At 1 April 2018

Acquired through business combinations

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 31 March 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 31 March 2020

Net book value at 31 March 2020

Net book value at 31 March 2019

 208

 –

 –

(2)

 206

 –

 95

 –

 301

(152)

 –

(35)

 –

(187)

 –

(26)

 –

(213)

 88

 19

 256

 –

 59

 –

 315

 –

 30

(110)

 235

(223)

 –

(30)

 –

(253)

 –

(24)

 109

(168)

 67

 62

Total
£’000

 1,418

 –

 323

(57)

 954

 –

 264

(55)

 1,163

 1,684

 199

 254

(55)

 199

 379

(165)

 1,561

 2,097

(646)

 –

(198)

 14

(830)

(163)

(208)

 15

(1,021)

 –

(263)

 14

(1,270)

(163)

(258)

 124

(1,186)

(1,567)

 375

 333

 530

 414

The net book value of computer equipment acquired under business combinations amounts to £36,000 (refer to note 13).

15. Trade and other receivables

Amounts due within 1 year:

Trade receivables

Less: allowance for expected credit losses

Trade receivables – net

Other debtors

Prepayments

Accrued income

Total amounts due within 1 year

FY 20
£’000

FY 19
£’000

 19,420

 17,086

(523)

(447)

 18,897

 16,639

 101

 926

 1,288

 21,212

 589

 912

 1,540

 19,680

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and generally have a 30 to 60 day term. Due to their short maturities, the carrying 
amount of trade and other receivables is a reasonable approximation of their fair value. 

An expected credit loss attributable to trade receivables is established after consideration of historical loss rates in preceding 
periods and relevant current circumstances. The Group has determined historical loss rates for each ageing category of trade 
receivables by performing an in-depth analysis of historical losses.

Annual Report 2020149

The Group has considered macro-economic factors, including the impact of the outbreak of COVID-19 and the ongoing uncertainty 
over Brexit, on the expected credit loss rates applied to each ageing category. The Group has also considered asset-specific 
indicators such as customer correspondence, default or delinquency in payment, and significant financial difficulties of the 
customer in determining the credit risk adjustment applied to each category for the year ended 31 March 2020.

<31 days

31-60 days

61-90 days

91-120 days

121+ days

At 31 March 2020

<31 days

31-60 days

61-90 days

91-120 days

121+ days

At 31 March 2019

Expected
loss rate
%

1.60%

2.08%

4.16%

7.59%

14.91%

Expected
loss rate
%

1.34%

1.39%

2.99%

1.00%

11.00%

Gross
carrying
amount
£’000

 11,787

 5,332

 913

 293

 1,095

 19,420

Gross
carrying
amount
£’000

 8,228

 5,770

 914

 88

 2,086

 17,086

The movement in the Group’s allowance for expected credit losses in the year is summarised below:

Allowance for expected credit losses:

At 1 April

Charge for the period

Uncollected amounts written off, net of recoveries

At 31 March

Loss
allowance
£’000

(189)

(111)

(38)

(22)

(163)

(523)

Loss
allowance
£’000

(110)

(80)

(27)

(1)

(229)

(447)

FY 20
£’000

 447

 76

 –

 523

Net 
carrying
amount
£’000

 11,598

 5,221

 875

 271

 932

 18,897

Net 
carrying
amount
£’000

 8,118

 5,690

 887

 87

 1,857

 16,639

FY 19
£’000

 446

 1

 –

 447

Contract assets are recognised in accrued income and relate to satisfied performance obligations recognised and not invoiced at 
the year end. All such contract assets are expected to be realised within one year and classified within current assets. Contract 
assets are recorded on a time spent basis and as performance obligations are met on agreed fees and day rates, billed in arrears. 
These are typically short-term timing differences which are administrative in nature at each year end date. Contract asset 
payments are due on standard terms once the invoices are raised. The contract assets movement in the year represents these 
timing differences across contracts at each year end. The following table sets out a reconciliation of the movement in contract 
assets in the current and prior years. 

Contract assets relating to contracts with customers as at 1 April

Increase in contract assets for the period

Contract assets released

Balance as at 31 March 2020

FY 20
£’000

 1,540

 1,288

(1,540)

 1,288

FY 19
£’000

 2,743

 1,540

(2,743)

 1,540

The expected credit loss calculated on accrued income was not material at the current or prior year ends. For analysis of the 
maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 March 2020, please refer to note 22. 

Annual Report 2020150

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Revolving credit facility

Net cash

17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

Deferred income

Taxation and social security

Other creditors

Earn-out and deferred consideration

Total amounts owed within one year

FY 20
£’000

 25,996

(5,000)

 20,996

FY 20
£’000

 2,329

 12,863

 1,336

 4,213

 1,489

 3,699

FY 19
£’000

 18,581

 –

 18,581

FY 19
£’000

 1,437

 12,744

 662

 2,000

 1,584

 –

 25,929

 18,427

Note

13

Trade payables comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit period taken for trade 
purchases is 30 days (FY 19: 30 days). The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables is a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

Accruals included the provision for employee profit share bonus accrued through the year and paid after the year end. 

Earn-out and deferred consideration comprise £1.7m deferred consideration linked to the acquisition of Obsidian Solutions Limited 
and £1.9m relating to deferred consideration and earn-out payments arising from the acquisition of Axxsys Limited at the 
balance sheet date. Furthermore, earn-out and deferred consideration includes £0.1m relating to earn-out payments linked to 
the acquisition of TrackTwo GmbH payable in 2020. 

Within taxation and social security is an existing £1.4m provision relating to historic pre-AIM admission potential tax treatments. 
The amount of this tax provision is subject to significant uncertainty. A final position agreed with a tax authority or through the 
expiry of a tax audit period could differ from the estimated provision. Currently there are no significant ongoing tax audits. Whilst 
a range of outcomes is reasonably possible, the extent of the range is further additional liabilities of up to £0.4m or a reduction 
of such liabilities to £0.2m.

Deferred income recognises contract liabilities arising from the Group’s revenue generating activities relating to payments 
received in advance of performance delivered under a contract. These contract liabilities typically arise on short-term timing 
differences between performance obligations in some milestone or fixed fee contracts and their respective contracted payment 
schedules. The contract liability movement in the year represents these timing differences across contracts at each year end. 
The following table sets out the revenue recognised in the current year that relates to carry forward contract liabilities and the 
liabilities recognised in the current year, which have been deferred to the next reporting period. All current deferred income is 
expected to be recognised through revenue within one year. 

Contract liabilities relating to contracts with customers at start of period

Increase in contract liabilities for the period

Contract liabilities released

Balance as at end of period

FY 20
£’000

 662

 1,336

(662)

 1,336

FY 19
£’000

 989

 662

(989)

 662

Annual Report 2020151

Unperformed balances represent the revenue that the Group will earn from customers when the Group satisfies the remaining 
performance obligations in certain contracts. These mainly relate to Alpha Data Solutions’ multi-year contracts that range between 
1 and 5 years, in which software access revenue is recognised over the access period. The following table sets out the aggregate 
amount of the contracted transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partly satisfied at the 
year end date. Unperformed balances relating to contracts with an expected original life of less than one year are not disclosed. 
Similarly, the Group has adopted the practical expedient not to disclose amounts under longer term contracts in which the revenue 
is to be invoiced on agreed day rates. Revenue from unperformed performance obligations is expected to be recognised in the 
following timeframes:

To be undertaken and recognised within one year

To be undertaken and recognised between one and three years

To be undertaken and recognised after three years

Total revenue from unperformed performance obligations

18. Other non-current liabilities

Earn-out and deferred consideration

Other non-current liabilities

Total amounts due after one year

 FY 20
 £’000

 1,513

 1,752

 67

 3,332

FY 20
£’000

 6,864

 240

 7,104

 FY 19
 £’000

 332

 556

 225

 1,113

FY 19
£’000

 486

 –

 486

Note

13

Within non-current liabilities are £2.6m of costs associated with the potential earn-out payments linked to the acquisition of 
Obsidian Solutions Limited, which are contingent on performance and fall due over 12 months from the balance sheet date. In 
addition, £4.3m of costs are included within non-current liabilities relating to deferred consideration and non employment-linked 
earn-out payments from the Axxsys Limited acquisition falling due over 12 months from the balance sheet date. Refer to note 13 
for further detail.

Other non-current liabilities include social security costs due on vesting of share options. Refer to note 21.

19. Note to the cash flow statement

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank borrowings

Net cash

Leases

As at
1 April 2019
£’000

 18,581

 –

 18,581

 –

 18,581

Effects of 
changes in
accounting
standards
£’000

–

–

 –

(2,897)

(2,897)

Lease 
accounting
adjustments
£’000

 –

 –

 –

(506)

(506)

Cash flow
£’000

 6,995

(5,000)

 1,995

 835

 2,830

Foreign
exchange
£’000

As at
31 March 2020
£’000

 420

 –

 420

(101)

 319

 25,996

(5,000)

 20,996

(2,669)

 18,327

Annual Report 2020152

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

20. Called up share capital

Alloted, called up and fully paid

Ordinary 0.075p shares (1 vote per share)

Alloted, called up and fully paid

Ordinary 0.075p shares (1 vote per share)

Movements in share capital during the year ended 31 March 2020:

Balance at 1 April 2019
101,974,874 ordinary shares of 0.075p each

Issued shares

Balance at 31 March 2020
103,607,638 ordinary shares of 0.075p each

FY 20
Number

FY 19
Number

 103,607,638

 101,974,874

FY 20
£

FY 19
£

 77,706

 76,481

£

 76,481

 1,225

 77,706

(i)

(i)  During the year, 1,632,764 ordinary shares were issued by the Company to the employee benefit trust (“EBT”) for potential 
future satisfaction of share incentive plans. In addition, the Company bought-back 172,719 shares from prior employees at 
nominal value and also transferred these to the EBT. 

Alpha employee benefit trust 
The Group held 2,669,429 (FY 19: 476,206) shares in the EBT to satisfy share options granted under its joint share ownership 
plan (“JSOP”). Unallocated ordinary shares held within the EBT have no dividend or voting rights. 

Treasury shares
The Group held nil (FY 19: nil) shares in treasury from prior employees for nominal value.

21. Share-based payments
The Group has adopted a globally consistent share incentive plan approach, which is implemented using efficient jurisdiction 
specific plans, as appropriate. 

The Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”)
The Group has a MIP to retain and incentivise the Directors and senior management. The MIP consists of four parts: part A of 
which will enable the granting of enterprise management incentive and non-tax advantaged options to acquire shares; part B of 
which will enable the awarding of JSOPs; part C of which will enable the awarding of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) for 
participants in the US; and Part D of which will enable the awarding of RSUs in France (together the “options”).

Options granted in the current and prior years to the Directors and senior management of the Company are subject to the 
fulfilment of two or more of the following performance conditions: (a) a specific business unit EBITDA, or other personal targets 
and goals; (b) the Group achieving a total shareholder return for the 3 years from date of award, in excess of the average total 
shareholder return of a peer group of comparable companies; and (c) the Group achieving at least 10% EPS growth against the 
comparative financial year. 

MIP awards have either nil exercise price payable (or no more than a nominal purchase price payable) in order to acquire shares 
pursuant to options. MIP awards have either 3 or 4 year vesting periods from the date of grant and can be equity settled only. 

Annual Report 2020153

The Employee Incentive Plan (“EIP”) 
In addition to the MIP, in the year ended 31 March 2018, the Board put in place a medium-term EIP. Under the EIP, a broad base 
of the Group’s employees have been granted share options or share awards over a small number of shares. The EIP will be 
structured as is most appropriate under the local tax, legal and regulatory rules in the key jurisdictions and therefore varies 
between those jurisdictions. 

At 31 March 2020 a total of 3,374,881 share option and award grants were made to employees and senior management during 
the period (FY 19: 407,258).

Details of the share option awards made are as follows: 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Expired during the year

Outstanding at the year end

Exercisable at the year end

No share options were exercisable in the year. 

FY 20

Number of 
share options

 3,198,286

 3,374,881

 –

(82,506)

 –

 6,490,661

 –

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

The options outstanding at 31 March 2020 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2 years and a nil or nominal 
exercise price. 

During the year ended 31 March 2020, options were granted on 19 June 2019 and 13 January 2020 to employees and certain 
senior management. The weighted average of the estimated fair values of the options outstanding is £0.77 per share (FY 19: £0.78).

The MIP share options were valued at award using the Monte Carlo option pricing model. The model simulates a variety of possible 
results, across 10,000 iterations for each of the options, by substituting a range of values for any factor that has inherent uncertainty 
over a number of scenarios using a different set of random values from the probability functions. The model takes any market-based 
performance conditions into account and adjusts the fair value of the options based on the likelihood of meeting the stated 
vesting conditions.

The inputs into the model were as follows: 

Weighted average share price at grant date

Exercise price

Volatility

Weighted average vesting period

Risk free rate

Expected dividend yield

FY 20

2.19

–

22%

3

0.51%

3.00%

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the market in which the Group operates. The expected 
expense calculated in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non market-based 
performance conditions and employee attrition. 

The Group has also applied incremental increases in the assumed likelihood of vesting for share options as the vesting date 
approaches in line with individual entity performance to-date against the Group’s approved budget, and the other performance 
conditions listed above.

Annual Report 2020154

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
21. Share-based payments
The EIP share options outstanding were valued using a Black-Scholes model using the same inputs as above. 

The Group recognised a total expense of £1.3m related to equity settled share-based payment transactions in the current year, 
including relevant social security taxes (FY 19: £0.9m). Given the estimation, were the future performance conditions for all 
outstanding share options assumed to be met, the charge in the year would increase by £0.4m. 

Other assumptions associated with the calculation of the social security tax liability due on vesting of share options include an 
estimation of the forward-looking share price at the vesting date based on applicable analyst research and applicable future tax 
rates. For these purposes, share price is assumed to grow in line with the performance of the business. Reasonable changes in 
this specific estimate do not have a material impact on the expense incurred in relation to social security costs or share based 
payments in the year.

22. Financial instruments
Carrying amount of financial instruments
The carrying amounts of the financial assets and liabilities include:

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total financial liabilities

(i)

(ii)

FY 20
£’000

 25,996

 20,185

 46,181

(5,000)

(24,593)

(2,669)

(7,104)

Restated35
FY 19
£’000

 18,581

 18,179

 36,760

 –

(17,765)

 –

(486)

(39,366)

(18,251)

(i)  Trade and other receivables includes contract assets but excludes other debtors and prepayments.
(ii) Trade and other payables excludes contract liabilities

The book value of the financial instruments is deemed to be approximate to fair value.

The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, items such as trade payables and trade receivables that 
arise directly from its operations, and bank borrowings. These financial instruments arise in the ordinary course of business and 
their main purpose is to provide finance for the Group’s operations. 

Also contained within the Group’s financial instruments is a liability for the issuance of loan notes as part of the deferred 
consideration for the acquisition of Obsidian Solutions Limited. As at 31 March 2020, the Group has recorded the liability at fair 
value of £1.7m, which is payable within six months of the year end. 

The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks including market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, 
and foreign currency exchange rate risk. The Board has overall responsibility for internal control and risk management by the 
Group. In this structure, the Audit and Risk Committee manages the processes of reviewing the quality of internal controls that 
are related to the financial performance of the Group, as delegated by the Board. The policies set by the Board of Directors are 
implemented by the Company’s finance team. 

35  Comparative period disclosure has been restated to include earn-out costs relating to acquisitions as a financial liability measured at amortised cost

Annual Report 2020155

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, including foreign exchange and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income 
or the value of financial instruments held at the year end. The Directors do not consider this to be a significant risk to the Group. 

Credit risk
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The Group has policies that require appropriate credit 
checks on potential customers before sales are made. The Group has provided for a lifetime expected credit loss against the 
trade receivables balance at the balance sheet date. Refer to note 15 for further details.

Were the expected credit loss rates applied to receivables by the Group to increase by 1% for each ageing category, the resulting 
additional credit loss to the Group would be £0.2m.

Interest rate risk
The Group has interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-bearing assets comprise only cash and cash 
equivalents that earn interest at a variable rate. The Group’s revolving credit facility attracts a variable rate of interest. Given the 
Group’s limited indebtedness, the Directors do not currently engage in hedging transactions and will revisit the appropriateness 
of this policy should the Group’s operations change in size or nature. The Group has no derivative transactions outstanding at 
31 March 2020. 

As at 31 March 2020, given the low levels of interest charged on these balances, if LIBOR had increased or decreased by 0.5%, 
the effect on post-tax profit and equity would have been minimal.

Liquidity risk
The Group maintains a committed revolving credit facility (“RCF”) alongside its cash balances, designed to ensure it has 
sufficient available funds for operations and planned expansions. The Group monitors its levels of working capital to ensure that 
it can meet its debt repayments as they fall due. 

Foreign currency exchange rate risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk mainly as a result of trade receivables and payables that will be 
settled in euros and US dollars. During the year, the Group did not enter into any arrangements to hedge this risk, as the 
Directors did not consider the exposure to be significant given the short-term nature of the balances. The Group will review this 
policy as appropriate in the future. 

The impact on the Group’s net fee income arising from a 5% adverse movement in all foreign exchange rates relevant to the 
Group has been calculated as being £1.4m (1.6%) in FY 20. The same sensitivity would also result in a decrease in the Group’s 
net assets of £0.6m.

Trade receivables

Cash

GBP
’000

 8,537

 14,397

Euro
’000

 4,584

 5,689

USD
’000

 4,486

 4,322

CHF
’000

 661

 1,256

Trade payables

(1,503)

(121)

(685)

(41)

SGD
’000

NOK
’000

DKK
’000

 1,071

 1,270

 6,770

 393

 11,410

 166

(38)

AUD
’000

 407

 279

CAD
’000

 677

 647

(193)

(177)

(97)

(35)

Total

 21,431

 10,152

 8,123

 1,876

 1,199

 1,470

 18,003

 589

 1,289

HKD
’000

 23

 28

(42)

 9

23. Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. 

The Group defines capital as being share capital plus all reserves, which amounted to £91.4m as at 31 March 2020 (FY 19: 
£89.1m). The Board of Directors monitors the level of capital as compared to the Group’s long-term debt commitments and 
adjusts the ratio of debt to capital as is determined to be necessary, by issuing new shares, reducing or increasing debt, paying 
dividends and returning capital to shareholders. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

Annual Report 2020156

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

24. Related party disclosures
Related parties, following the definitions within IAS 24, are the Group’s subsidiary companies, members of the Board, key 
management personnel and their families, and shareholders who have control or significant influence over the Group. 

The Group considers the Directors to be the key management personnel. There were no transactions within the year in which 
the Directors had any interest. The Remuneration Committee Report (refer to p. 96) contains details of Board emoluments. 

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are on an arm’s length basis and have been eliminated on consolidation 
and are not disclosed in this note. None of the Group’s shareholders are deemed to have control or significant influence and 
therefore are not classified as related parties for the purposes of this note. 

25. Events after the reporting period
The Group consider that the outbreak of COVID-19 globally represents an adjusting event at the balance sheet date on the basis 
that the significance of the social and economic impact was apparent at that date. The Group has therefore considered all 
conditions up to the date of issuance of the financial statements as adjusting events. As disclosed in note 1, the impact of 
COVID-19 has been assessed in relation to: impairment of non-financial assets (note 12), going concern (note 1), and expected 
credit loss (note 15).

Renewal of the Group’s revolving credit facility
The Group has one principal bank facility which, as at 31 March 2020, comprised a £5.0m committed revolving credit facility 
(“RCF”) with Lloyds Bank plc, signed in October 2017 on AIM admission, and expiring in October 2020. 

Subsequent to the year end, in June 2020, the Group signed an extension and upscaled its RCF with Lloyds Bank plc to provide 
further funding flexibility. This amended RCF totals £20.0m and is for an initial three year term expiring in June 2023, with two 
1-year extension options subject to lender approval. The facility is unsecured, instead guaranteed by the Company and certain 
subsidiaries. Drawings under this facility are charged interest at 2.1 per cent over LIBOR and the facility attracts an annual 
commitment fee. The loan has two covenants testing that the leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA does not exceed 
two times, and that interest cover exceeds four times. An arrangement fee was payable on signing. 

26. Ultimate controlling party
As at 31 March 2020 there is no ultimate controlling party.

Annual Report 2020Company statement 
of financial position
As at 31 March 2020

Assets

Non–current assets

Investments

Deferred tax asset

Total non–current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Current liabilities

Corporation tax

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred tax provision

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total Shareholders’ equity

157

As at
31 March 2020
£’000

As at
31 March 2019
£’000

Note

2

3

4

5

 9,234

 517

 9,751

 1,344

 –

 1,344

 111,881

 110,329

 –

 –

 111,881

 110,329

(370)

(16,468)

(16,838)

 95,043

(1)

(8,533)

(8,534)

 101,795

 –

 –

(76)

(76)

 –

(27)

 –

(27)

 104,718

 103,112

 78

 76

 89,396

 89,396

 –

 1,517

 13,727

 104,718

 1

 600

 13,039

 103,112

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate statement of comprehensive income of the parent company 
has not been presented. The parent company’s profit for the year was £6.9m.

The notes on pp 160-66 form part of these financial statements. These financial statements were approved and authorised for 
issue by the Board of Directors on 24 June 2020. They were signed on its behalf by:

Euan NB Fraser  
Global Chief Executive Officer  

John C Paton 
Chief Financial Officer

Annual Report 2020 
 
158

Company statement  
of cash flows
For the year ended 31 March 2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

Operating profit/(loss) for the year

Acquisition related costs

Share-based payment charge

Operating cashflows before movements in working capital

Working capital adjustments:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Acquisition of subsidiary

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Issue of ordinary share capital

Interest paid

Dividends received

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

Year ended
31 March 2020
£’000

Year ended
31 March 2019
£’000

(137)

 –

 93

(44)

(860)

 –

 430

(430)

(6,912)

 6,956

(6,130)

 6,560

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

Annual Report 2020159

Company statement 
of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2020

As at 1 April 2018

Comprehensive income

Profit for the period

Foreign exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Transactions with owners

Shares cancelled (equity)

Share-based payment reserves

Dividends

As at 31 March 2019

As at 1 April 2019

Comprehensive income

Profit for the period

Transactions with owners

Shares issued (equity)

Share-based payment reserves

Dividends

As at 31 March 2020

Share 
capital
£’000

 77

Share 
premium
£’000

 89,396

 –

 –

(1)

 –

 –

 76

 76

 –

 2

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 89,396

 89,396

 –

 –

 –

 –

 78

 89,396

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

 –

 –

 –

 1

 –

 –

 1

 1

 –

(1)

 –

 –

 –

Other 
reserves
£’000

 191

Retained 
earnings
£’000

 Total
£’000

(964)

 88,700

 –

 –

 –

 409

 –

 600

 600

 –

 –

 917

 –

 19,690

 19,690

 –

 –

 –

(5,687)

 –

 –

 409

(5,687)

 13,039

 103,112

 13,039

 103,112

 6,945

 6,945

(1)

 –

 –

 917

(6,256)

(6,256)

 1,517

 13,727

 104,718

Share capital 
Share capital represents the nominal value of share capital 
subscribed for.

Other reserves 
The other reserves represent the cumulative fair value of the 
IFRS 2 share-based payment charge to be recognised each 
year and equity-settled consideration reserves. 

Share premium 
The share premium account is used to record the aggregate 
amount or value of premiums paid when the company’s shares 
are issued at a premium, net of associated share issue costs.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve is a non-distributable reserve 
into which amounts are transferred following the redemption 
or purchase of the Company’s own shares.

Retained earnings 
The retained earnings reserve represents cumulative net gains 
and losses recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income.

Annual Report 2020160

Notes to the Company 
financial statements
1. Summary of significant accounting policies
General information
Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc (the “Company”) is a public company incorporated, domiciled and registered in England, 
in the UK. The registered number is 09965927 and the registered address is 60 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7BB. 

The parent company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about its group.

Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee.

The Company financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis. Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale 
are stated at the lower of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

The presentational currency of these financial statements and the functional currency of the Company is pounds sterling. All amounts 
in these financial statements have been rounded to the nearest £1,000. 

Going concern
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future. 

Impact of Coronavirus (COVID-19)
The Directors note that the World Health Organisation declared a pandemic relating to COVID-19 on 11th March 2020, and social 
distancing measures were introduced in key Alpha territories during March 2020. Therefore, the Directors have considered the 
significance of the economic ramifications of the virus before the end of the Company’s financial year and its potential effect on 
the Company’s financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020.

The Company is a holding company and no going concern issues have been identified arising as a result of COVID-19, nor generally 
as the Company financial position is closely linked to that of the consolidated Group.

Principal accounting policies
The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these 
Company financial statements.

The Directors have not made any judgements, apart from those involving estimations, in the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies that are considered to have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements for the 
period ending 31 March 2020.

The Directors have identified the only estimate deemed to have significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets or liabilities within the next financial year to be related to share-based payments as described below.

Share-based payments
Management have estimated the share-based payments expense under IFRS 2. In determining the fair value of share-based 
payments, management have considered several internal and external factors in judging the probability that management and 
employee share incentives may vest and in assessing the fair value of share options at the date of grant. Such assumptions 
involve estimating a number of future performance and other factors. The fair value calculations have been externally assessed 
for reasonableness in the current and prior period.

Share-based payment expenses recorded in the period are in respect of the share incentives of the Directors of the Company, 
as while they are employed by another Group entity, their services are considered to benefit the Group and the Company directly. 

Annual Report 2020161

Shares held in Treasury or by Alpha’s employee benefit trust (“EBT”)
Shares held in Treasury or by Alpha’s EBT represent the shares of Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc. These shares are recorded 
at cost and are deducted from equity. 

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. The Company monitor for indicators of impairment 
at each reporting period, and a full impairment assessment is performed on an annual basis.

The Directors have considered the impact of the outbreak of COVID-19 in assessing the recoverable amount of the Company’s 
Investments in subsidiaries balance as part of the annual impairment review. The Directors have deemed that there is no impairment 
required in the current year. 

Dividends policy
Group dividends proposed by the Board are recognised in the financial statements when they have been approved by shareholders 
at the AGM. Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid. 

Financial assets
Financial assets are initially measured at fair value plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or 
loss, transaction costs. The Company has not reclassified any financial assets subsequent to initial recognition as at the balance 
sheet date. Reclassification of classes of financial assets is accounted for prospectively in accordance with IFRS 9, where this is 
required. Any difference on reclassification from amortised cost to fair value through profit or loss is recognised in the profit and 
loss at the reclassification date.

Financial assets are assessed at each reporting date to determine a lifetime expected credit loss that reflects the credit risk associated 
with the portfolio of assets. A financial asset is impaired in line with the simplified approach under IFRS 9, which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying 
amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. For financial 
instruments measured at cost less impairment, impairment is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the 
best estimate of the amount that the Company would receive for the asset if it were to be sold at the reporting date. Interest on 
the impairment asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. Impairment losses are recognised in 
profit or loss. When a subsequent event causes the amount of the impairment to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is 
reversed through statement of comprehensive income.

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Amounts owed by Group undertakings are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less 
provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of intercompany receivables is established using an expected credit loss model.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form 
an integral part of the Company’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose 
only of the cash flow statement.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated 
upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are acquired 
for the purpose of selling in the near term. This category includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Company 
that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by IFRS 9. As at 31 March 2020, the Company 
had no such financial liabilities.

Current and deferred income tax
Taxation expense on the result for the period comprises current and deferred income tax. Income tax is recognised in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is 
recognised in equity. 

Annual Report 2020162

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
1. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods. 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax 
provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax 
rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and when 
they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis.

Employee benefits 
Share-based payments
The cost of share-based employee compensation arrangements, whereby employees receive remuneration in the form of shares 
or share options, is recognised as an employee benefit expense in the statement of profit or loss. 

The total expense to be apportioned over the vesting period of the benefit is determined by reference to the fair value (excluding 
the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. 

In determining the fair value of share-based payments under IFRS 2, management has considered a number of internal and external 
factors in order to judge the probability that management and employee share incentives may vest. Such judgements involve 
estimating future performance and other non market-based factors. 

At the end of each reporting period the assumptions underlying the number of awards expected to vest are adjusted for the effects 
of non market-based vesting conditions to reflect the conditions prevailing at that date. The impact of any revisions to the original 
estimates is recognised in the statement of profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. Fair value is measured by 
the use of a binomial model. The assumptions have been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of 
non-transferability, lack of dividend until vesting and exercise restrictions.

The fair value calculations have been externally assessed as reasonable in the circumstances. 

Changes in accounting policy
In these financial statements the Company has changed its accounting policies in the following areas: 

Adoption of IFRS 16 and IFRIC 23
The Company has adopted the following IFRSs in these financial statements:
• 
• 

IFRS 16 Leases (IFRS 16); and
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (IFRIC 23)

There have been no adjustments with respect of these adoptions.

Annual Report 20202. Fixed asset investments

Cost

At 1 April 2018

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2019

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2020

163

£’000

 1,344

 –

 –

 1,344

 7,890

 –

 9,234

The Company’s fixed asset investments are all in relation to investments in subsidiaries. The Company holds no tangible fixed assets.

Additions in the year represent the acquisition of a new subsidiary, Axxsys Ltd (“Axxsys”) and its subsidiaries in the period. 

The undertakings in which the Group’s and Company’s interest at the period end is more than 20% are as follows:

Subsidiary undertakings

Alpha FMC Trustees Limited

Alpha FMC Midco Limited

Alpha FMC Midco 2 Limited

Alpha FMC Bidco Limited

Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited

Alpha FMC Group Nominees Limited

Alpha FMC Group Limited

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Group Limited

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting (UK) Limited

Alpha Technology Services 
Consulting Limited

Alpha Data Solutions Limited

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Inc.

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting S.A.S.

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting S.A.

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Netherlands B.V.

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Switzerland S.A.

Track Two GmbH

Country of
incorporation

Registered
address

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

USA

France

Luxembourg

Netherlands

Switzerland

Germany

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Class and 
percentage of
shares held 
31 March 2020

Class and 
percentage of 
shares held
31 March 2019

Principal
activity

Dormant

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Intermediate holding company

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Intermediate holding company

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Intermediate holding company

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Intermediate holding company

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Group services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Intermediate holding company

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Intermediate holding company

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Dormant

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Annual Report 2020164

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
2. Fixed asset investments continued

Subsidiary undertakings

Country of
incorporation

Registered
address

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Singapore Pte. Limited

Singapore

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Hong Kong Limited

Alpha Financial Markets  
Consulting Australia PTY Limited

Axxsys Limited

Axxsys Financial Software 
Consulting Canada Limited

Axxsys Consulting USA Inc

Axxsys Danmark ApS

Obsidian Solutions Limited

Alpha Technology Services 
Consulting S.A.S

Hong Kong

Australia

UK

Canada

USA

Denmark

UK

France

Obsidian Alpha Data Solutions LLC

Serbia

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

1

3

15

Class and 
percentage of
shares held 
31 March 2020

Class and 
percentage of 
shares held
31 March 2019

Principal
activity

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

Consultancy services

100% ordinary

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

60 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7BB
575 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA
6 Square de L’Opera Louis Jouvet, 75008 Paris, France
19/21 route d’Arlon – bloc B, L-8009 Strassen, Luxembourg

1 
2 
3 
4 
5  Spaces Zuidas, Barbara Strozzilaan 101, 1083 HN, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
6  Bleicherweg 10, 8002 Zürich, Switzerland
7  Mergenthalerallee 73-75, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
8 
9 
10  383-385 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000
11  1800 – 13401 108th Avenue, Surrey, British Columbia V3T 5T3
12  New Broad Street House, 35 New Broad Street, London, EC2M 1NH
13 
14  Flaesketorvet 68, DK-1711 Copenhagen, V Denmark
15   Belgrade, Serbia at Bulevar kralja Aleksandra no. 52

3A Conway Circle, Singapore 558288
22/F., Neich Tower, 128 Gloucester Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong

Incorp Services, Inc., One Commerce Center, 1201 Orange Street #600, Wilmington, Delaware 19899

Annual Report 2020Subsidiary undertakings

Alpha FMC Trustees Limited

Alpha FMC Midco Limited

Alpha FMC Midco 2 Limited

Alpha FMC Bidco Limited

Alpha FMC Group Holdings Limited

Alpha FMC Group Nominees Limited

Alpha FMC Group Limited

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Group Limited

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting (UK) Limited

Alpha Technology Services Consulting Limited

Alpha Data Solutions Limited

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Inc.

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting S.A.S.

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting S.A.

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Netherlands B.V.

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Switzerland S.A.

Track Two GmbH

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Singapore Pte. Limited

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Hong Kong Limited

Alpha Financial Markets Consulting Australia PTY Limited

Axxsys Limited

Axxsys Financial Software Consulting Canada Limited

Axxsys Consulting USA Inc

Axxsys Danmark ApS

Obsidian Solutions Limited

Alpha Technology Services Consulting S.A.S

Obsidian Alpha Data Solutions LLC

3. Trade and other receivables

Amounts due within one year:

Trade receivables

Less: provision for impairment

Trade receivables – net

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other debtors

Total amounts due within one year

165

Share capital
& reserves
£’000

Profit/(loss) 

for the period
£’000

 –

(88)

 20

 1,389

 29,425

 –

 2

 12,190

 19,170

 –

(1,081)

 838

 7,701

 1,550

(403)

(47)

(365)

 1,068

(12)

 24

 1,509

 231

 –

 1,045

 356

 44

–

 –

 6,909

 6,909

 6,681

 7,187

 –

 7,187

 10,212

 10,101

 –

(874)

 2,210

 1,175

 460

(69)

(40)

 58

 231

(9)

 26

 365

 79

 –

 774

(95)

 –

–

FY 20
£’000

FY 19
£’000

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 111,878

 110,326

 3

 3

 111,881

 110,329

The Directors are satisfied that all outstanding amounts from subsidiary group undertakings are recoverable. Expected credit loss 
in relation to amounts owed by Group undertakings was immaterial in both the current and prior year. Please refer to note 6.

Annual Report 2020166

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

4. Trade and other payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

Total amounts owed within one year

5. Other non-current liabilities

Deferred tax provision

Other non-current liabilities

Total amounts due after one year

6. Financial instruments
Carrying amount of financial instruments
The carrying amounts of the financial assets and liabilities include:

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial assets measured at fair value

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

FY 20
£’000

 15,496

 563

 409

 16,468

FY 20
£’000

 –

 76

 76

FY 19
£’000

 7,534

 563

 436

 8,533

FY 19
£’000

 27

 –

 27

FY 20
£’000

FY 19
£’000

 111,881

 110,329

 9,234

(16,544)

 1,344

(8,533)

The book value of the financial instruments is deemed to be approximate to fair value.

The Group’s financial instruments comprise intercompany receivables and trade and other payables. These financial instruments 
arise in the ordinary course of business and their main purpose is to provide finance for the Group’s operations. 

The Group’s operations expose it to credit risk arising from intercompany receivables. Management has overall responsibility for 
internal control and risk management by the Company. The policies set by management are implemented by the Company’s 
finance team. 

Credit risk
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its intercompany receivables. The Company provides financing to other entities 
within the Group on an unsecured and typically interest-free basis, repayable on demand. There is no collateral held on these 
receivable balances. The expected credit loss on the Company’s financial assets is measured annually based on historical 
datapoints and an assessment of the forward-looking probability of default. The expected credit loss on the Company’s intercompany 
receivables is immaterial in the year ended 31 March 2020.

The Directors consider the intercompany receivables to represent a low credit risk and credit risk is not considered to have increased 
significantly since initial recognition. The wider Group has a strong liquidity position and there is no current expectation by the 
Directors for repayment of the intercompany balances.

Annual Report 2020167

SASB Disclosure

The mission of the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board 
(“SASB”) is to develop and disseminate sustainability accounting 
standards that help public corporations disclose material, 
decision-useful information to investors. The Group is supportive 
of the SASB framework as it allows organisations to provide 
comparable and consistent ESG-related data.

As a “professional and commercial services” organisation under 
SASB, the material factors according to the SASB framework 
are as follows:
•  Data security;
•  Workforce diversity & engagement; and
•  Professional integrity.

The below tables provide the numeric metrics relating to these 
factors over the past 12 months where applicable, in addition 
to the internal frameworks used to manage these risks on an 
ongoing basis. Further qualitative data for each of the material 
factors is provided throughout the Annual Report. The Group 
also recognises the increasing importance of the environment 
to its investors, employees and other stakeholders, which it 
describes in addition to the required disclosure.

Topic

Data Security

Risk Management: p. 45

Workforce Diversity & Engagement

Looking After Our People: pp 52-57

Professional Integrity

Community & Corporate Social Responsibility: pp 60-67

Environment (additional to SASB requirements)

Environment: pp 68-69

ESG metrics:
Topic: Data Security

Measurement

Number of data breaches

Description of approach to identifying and addressing data 
security risks: SV-PS-230a.1
Alpha’s approach to surfacing and managing data security 
risks is technical and organisational. Alpha has identified a 
number of key risk areas, which are monitored and checked 
including the misuse of data; accidental or intentional 
dissemination of data; loss, theft or compromise of data and/
or information; incorrect data being used for internal or 
external purposes; and unauthorised access of equipment 
and/or facilities. 

FY 20

136 

FY 19

0

SASB Code

SV-PS-230a.3

Consequently, the Group has developed and manages a 
number of key controls that enable data security risks to be 
controlled and addressed as far as possible, which include:
•  Maintenance of data protection policy;
•  Security procedures and controls;
•  Operation of cloud-based system architecture with minimal 

onsite data storage;

•  Data governance team with clear roles and responsibilities;
•  Annual security assessments and accreditation to the 

CyberEssentials security standard;

•  Data protection user awareness and training;
•  Physical security measures and remote management 

of devices. 

36  Further details: A cyber security event (a social engineer attack) occurred, which was contained within an hour of it being identified, and all impacted 
individuals were notified. The security event was notified to the ICO, however investigation concluded that no further action was required given the 
facts of the event and the remedial measures undertaken. The incident was reported to the Action Fraud Police. A number of responsive actions also 
took place, including: emphasis on user awareness training; enhancement of email protection and anti-spoofing controls; global application of 
multi-factor authentication (“MFA”); development of security operations centre for enhanced monitoring and threat analytics

Annual Report 2020168

SASB Disclosure continued
Breach management
Alpha fully understands the obligations it has towards 
individuals and the organisations with which it works with 
regards to the security of information. As such, the Group 
operates a cohesive global breach management and response 
function to assess, handle and address any data security 
breaches that arise.

Overseen by the Chief Operating Officer, the breach 
management function, which comprises representatives from 
IT and infrastructure, operations, legal and client delivery, is 
able to manage the assessment of business or client impact, 
risk containment and remediation, communication and 
regulatory notification (if and where required).

Description of policies and practices relating to collection, 
usage, and retention of customer information: SV-PS-230a.2
The Group’s IT Steering Committee is the primary governance 
forum for the oversight and management of issues, actions and 
risks relating to Alpha’s IT infrastructure, including technology 
and data security. It convenes monthly and comprises global 
team representation and the Chief Operating Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer. The main areas of focus and monitoring 
are physical environment security; employee awareness and 
training; physical asset, data storage and data transmission; 
document security; and communications and networks.

In managing and controlling data security risks and events, the 
IT Steering Committee is supported by Alpha’s data protection 
governance, which includes a Data Protection Working Group.

Alpha follows a comprehensive information security and data 
protection strategy that leverages a number of technical and 
procedural controls to underpin how it creates, transmits, 
processes and stores all types of data. These controls and 
approaches are documented in Group’s suite of information 
security policies that cover a range of mitigations and control 
areas including but not limited to:
•  Acceptable use
•  Access management
•  Asset management
•  Data loss prevention
•  Data protection, handling and retention
•  Encryption
• 
Intrusion detection and prevention
•  Physical and environmental security
•  Threat analytics
•  Training and awareness.

These policies are reviewed annually, approved at the executive 
level and align with all the applicable regulatory standards.

Topic: Workforce Diversity & Engagement

Measurement

Percentage of gender representation37 

Level

Executives, directors and equivalent

Managers, senior managers, associate directors 
and equivalent

Analysts, consultants and equivalent

Overall split

FY 20

SASB Code

SV-PS-330a.1

Male

90.0%

73.2%

61.5%

70.4%

Female

10.0%

26.8%

38.5%

29.6%

Other

0%

0%

0%

0%

Prefer not 
to say

0%

0%

0%

0%

37  Given the nature of the metrics, the percentages used as part of the SASB disclosure refer to total global headcount, i.e. fee-generating consultants 

as well as business operation teams

Annual Report 2020169

Measurement

Percentage of racial/ethnic group representation (UK only)38 

FY 20

SASB Code

SV-PS-330a.1

Level

Executives, directors 
and equivalent

Managers, senior 
Managers, associate 
directors and 
equivalent

Analysts, consultants 
and equivalent

Overall split

Asian or 
Asian British

Black or 
Black British

Mixed 
Background

White or 
White British

Other

Prefer not 
to say

0%

0%

0%

88%

0%

12%

8%

20%

11%

2%

6%

3%

3%

3%

3%

81%

69%

78%

2%

1%

2%

3%

0%

3%

Employee engagement as a percentage39 

88.25% SV-PS-330a.3

Topic: Professional Integrity

Measurement

FY 20

FY 19

SASB Code

Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal proceedings associated 
with professional integrity40 

£0

£0

SV-PS-510a.2

Description of approach to ensuring professional integrity: 
SV-PS-510a.2
Alpha is committed to delivering the highest relationship and 
delivery standards to all clients and prospective clients. As 
part of this commitment, the professional conduct of the 
Group is at all times fair and professional, premised upon:
•  Promoting Alpha’s services honestly and fairly;
•  Preserving the confidentiality and privacy of client businesses;
•  Acting lawfully and ethically at all times; and
•  Delivering projects in line with the terms of the engagement 

as well as any wider services agreements.

It is the responsibility of the Alpha engagement lead, supported 
by the client account owner, to ensure that client expectations 
are met on each client project. The Chief Commercial Officer 
then oversees the engagement and satisfaction of clients with 
the Group’s products and service offering, ensuring that they 
are aligned to the Group’s high professional standards.

38  For the first SASB disclosure, these percentages are available for the UK only, including all UK headcount except for the Axxsys business. The Group 

will review how it can expand this data group to provide a more global view of how it is performing against the topic

39  Employee engagement is a blended rate taken from Group engagement surveys and global peer group feedback sessions
40  This covers losses arising out of legal proceedings against Alpha in connection with its relationship with clients and the delivery of professional 

services to its clients

Annual Report 2020170

The power 
of our people

Annual Report 2020Financial Statements171

Notes

Annual Report 2020172

Notes

Annual Report 2020Introduction

Annual Report 2020

Welcome to Alpha’s 2020
Annual Report & Accounts

Alpha is a leading global consultancy to the 
asset and wealth management industry. 
Perspective  |  Strategy  |  Technical Expertise  |  Data Solutions

Headquartered in the UK and quoted on the AIM of the London Stock Exchange, Alpha Financial 
Markets Consulting1 is a leading global provider of specialist consultancy services to the asset and 
wealth management industry. 

Alpha has worked with 85% of the world’s top 20 asset managers by AUM, along with a wide range 
of other buy-side firms. It has the largest dedicated team in the industry, with over 430 consultants 
globally, operating from 12 client-facing offices spanning the UK, Europe, North America and Asia.

For more information, see the website: investors.alphafmc.com

Contents

Introduction
 Welcome
1 
2 
4 
7 

 Financial Highlights
 Operational Highlights
 Chairman’s Report
 Global Chief Executive Officer’s Report

Strategic Report
14 
18 
24 
32 
34 
38 
40 

 At a Glance
 Market Overview
 Business Model
 Strategy
 Section 172 Statement
 Key Performance Indicators
 Risk Management

Role in Society
52 
58 
60 
68 

 Looking After Our People
 Response to COVID-19
 Community & Corporate Social Responsibility
 Environment

Corporate Governance
72 
74 
76 
78 
80 
88 
90 
94 
98 
102  Independent Auditor’s Report

 Board of Directors
 Meet the Director
 Chairman’s Introduction
 Corporate Governance Code
 Corporate Governance Report
 Nomination Committee Report
 Audit and Risk Committee Report
 Remuneration Committee Report
 Directors’ Report

Financial Statements
110  Chief Financial Officer’s Report
115   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
116   Consolidated statement of financial position
117   Consolidated statement of cash flows
118   Consolidated statement of changes in equity
119   Notes to the consolidated financial statements
157   Company statement of financial position
158   Company statement of cash flows
159   Company statement of changes in equity
160   Notes to the Company financial statements

 SASB Disclosure
167 ESG Metrics

Company Information
IBC  Directors and Advisers

1  Alpha Financial Markets Consulting plc: “Alpha”, the “Company”, the “Group”

Company Information

Directors and Advisers

Nominated Adviser

Grant Thornton
30 Finsbury Square
London EC2A 1AG

Broker

Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co.
60 Threadneedle Street
London EC2R 8HP

Company Secretary
Prism Cosec Limited

company.secretary@alphafmc.com

Corporate and Investors’ Website

investors.alphafmc.com

Client Website

alphafmc.com

Directors

ENB Fraser
JC Paton
K Fry
PR Judd
NR Kent

Company Number

09965297

Registered Office

Alpha Financial Markets 
Consulting plc
60 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7BB

Auditor

KPMG LLP
St Nicholas House
Park Row
Nottingham NG1 6FQ

Registrar

Computershare
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Design: Graphical www.graphicalagency.com

Photography

Inside back cover, pp 1, 3, 12-13, 15, 19, 22, 23, 29, 
30, 31, 33, 43, 45, 47, 49, 59, 60, 61, 77, 79, 89, 92, 
101, 107 by davebrownphoto.com

pp 4, 7, 70-71, 72, 75, 85, 91, 110 by Alistair Lever

pp 24, 35, 39 (right), 55, 108-109 by 
www.seanthephotographer.com

pp 16-17, 31, 48, 50-51, 69, 86 by www.letsmakeit.fr

pp 34, 39 (left), 56, 170 by Andrew Elko

A
l
p
h
a
F
n
a
n
c
a
l

i

i

Annual Report 
& Accounts 2020

Alpha FMC

60 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7BB 

+44 (0) 207 796 9300
enquiries@alphafmc.com

M
a
r
k
e
t
s
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
0

alphafmc.com

The power
of our people